Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly period ended March 31, 2015

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 000-30407

 

 

SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

MARYLAND     39-1783372
(State or other jurisdiction of     (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)     Identification No.)

222 West Washington Ave, Madison, WI 53703

(Address of principal executive offices)

(608) 443-1600

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (see definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

State the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s common equity as of the last practicable date:

 

     Outstanding

Class

  

May 8, 2015

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

   4,355,453

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE NO.  
PART I   FINANCIAL INFORMATION   
Item 1.  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) – March 31, 2015 and September 30, 2014

     3   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) – Three months and six months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

     4   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (Unaudited) – Three months and six months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

     5   
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) – Six months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

     6   
 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     7   
Item 2.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     23   
Item 3.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     37   
Item 4.  

Controls and Procedures

     37   
PART II   OTHER INFORMATION   
Item 1.   Legal Proceedings      39   
Item 1A.   Risk Factors      39   
Item 5.   Other Information      39   
Item 6.   Exhibits      40   
Signatures        43   

 

2


Table of Contents

Item 1

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except for share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     March 31,
2015
    September 30,
2014
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,610      $ 4,344   

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $180 and $150

     8,141        8,449   

Inventories, net

     2,216        1,721   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,721        1,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  14,688      16,058   

Property and equipment:

Leasehold improvements

  903      911   

Computer equipment

  6,055      5,440   

Furniture and fixtures

  745      720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

  7,703      7,071   

Less accumulated depreciation

  4,456      3,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  3,247      3,396   

Other assets:

Goodwill

  10,828      11,185   

Customer relationships, net of amortization of $324 and $191

  1,973      2,471   

Software development costs, net of amortization of $341 and $252

  192      281   

Product rights, net of amortization of $103 and $41

  569      631   

Other intangibles, net of amortization of $180 and $162

  50      37   

Other long-term assets

  512      564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 32,059    $ 34,623   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities:

Revolving line of credit

$ 2,227    $ —     

Accounts payable

  1,468      1,183   

Accrued liabilities

  1,228      2,512   

Unearned revenue

  8,564      9,079   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

  224      196   

Current portion of notes payable

  907      974   

Current portion of subordinated notes payable

  134      2,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  14,752      16,040   

Long-term portion of unearned revenue

  1,385      929   

Long-term portion of capital lease obligations

  233      173   

Long-term portion of notes payable

  1,540      1,139   

Long-term portion of subordinated note payable

  134      314   

Other liabilities

  354      401   

Deferred tax liability

  4,256      4,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  22,654      23,308   

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 500,000 shares; none issued

  —        —     

5% preferred stock, Series B, voting, cumulative, convertible, $.01 par value (liquidation preference at par), authorized 1,000,000 shares, none issued

  —        —     

Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; 4,363,919 and 4,276,470 shares issued and 4,351,203 and 4,263,754 shares outstanding

  44      43   

Additional paid-in capital

  195,468      194,260   

Accumulated deficit

  (184,754   (182,372

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (1,158   (421

Receivable for common stock issued

  (26   (26

Treasury stock, at cost, 12,716 shares

  (169   (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  9,405      11,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$ 32,059    $ 34,623   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

3


Table of Contents

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except for share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Revenue:

        

Product

   $ 3,215      $ 4,055      $ 6,589      $ 6,867   

Services

     4,805        4,748        10,049        9,064   

Other

     86        75        209        153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  8,106      8,878      16,847      16,084   

Cost of revenue:

Product

  1,104      1,485      2,640      2,838   

Services

  786      894      1,921      1,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  1,890      2,379      4,561      4,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

  6,216      6,499      12,286      11,895   

Operating expenses:

Selling and marketing

  4,311      4,058      8,705      7,446   

General and administrative

  1,433      1,641      2,803      2,578   

Product development

  1,544      1,382      3,077      2,629   

Patent settlement

  —        400      —        400   

Acquisition costs

  —        40      —        490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  7,288      7,521      14,585      13,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (1,072   (1,022   (2,299   (1,648

Non-operating income (expenses):

Gain on investment in Mediasite KK

  —        1,391      —        1,391   

Equity in earnings of investment in Mediasite KK

  —        15      —        38   

Interest expense, net

  (66   (74   (129   (91

Other income (expense), net

  (4   (10   164      (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (1,142   300      (2,264   (320

Provision for income taxes

  (208   (1,171   (118   (1,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (1,350 $ (871 $ (2,382 $ (1,561
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

– basic

$ (0.31 $ (0.21 $ (0.55 $ (0.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

– diluted

$ (0.31 $ (0.21 $ (0.55 $ (0.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares

– basic

  4,348,511      4,204,528      4,309,776      4,098,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

– diluted

  4,348,511      4,204,528      4,309,776      4,098,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

4


Table of Contents

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Net loss

   $ (1,350   $ (871   $ (2,382   $ (1,561

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     35        16        (737     15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  35      16      (737   15   

Comprehensive loss

$ (1,315 $ (855 $ (3,119 $ (1,546
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

5


Table of Contents

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six months ended
March 31,
 
     2015     2014  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (2,382   $ (1,561

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Gain or equity in earnings on investment in Mediasite KK

     —          (1,429

Amortization of other intangibles

     180        71   

Amortization of software development costs

     89        88   

Amortization of product rights

     62        —     

Depreciation of property and equipment

     783        603   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     30        133   

Deferred taxes

     3        1,109   

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options

     538        475   

Remeasurement gain on subordinated debt

     (212     —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     157        (2,117

Inventories

     (526     (229

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (191     (916

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (868     1,352   

Other long-term liabilities

     (43     (44

Unearned revenue

     78        1,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (2,302   (1,249

Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

  (465   (366

Cash received in Mediasite KK acquisition, net of cash paid

  —        1,281   

Cash paid for MediaMission acquisition, net of cash acquired

  —        (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

  (465   796   

Financing activities

Proceeds from notes payable

  833      1,954   

Proceeds from line of credit

  5,027      —     

Payments on notes payable

  (2,417   (677

Payments on line of credit

  (2,800   —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

  (30   (28

Proceed from issuance of common stock and warrants

  663      182   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

  8      32   

Payments on capital lease obligations

  (120   (118
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  1,164      1,345   

Changes in cash and cash equivalents due to changes in foreign currency

  (131   (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (1,734   883   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  4,344      3,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 2,610    $ 4,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid

$ 229    $ 31   

Income taxes paid, foreign

  24      —     

Non-cash transactions:

Property and equipment financed by accounts payable, accrued liabilities or capital lease

  210      61   

Accrual of patent settlement

  —        400   

Subordinated note payable issuance for purchase of MediaMission

  —        2,567   

Common stock issued for purchase of MediaMission and MSKK

  —        2,306   

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

6


Table of Contents

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2015

(Unaudited)

 

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Sonic Foundry, Inc. (the Company) is in the business of providing enterprise solutions and services for the web communications market.

Interim Financial Data

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of adjustments of a normal and recurring nature) considered necessary for fair presentation of the results of operations have been included. Operating results for the six month period ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the year ending September 30, 2015.

The condensed consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2014 has been derived from audited financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and disclosures required by GAAP. For a more complete discussion of accounting policies and certain other information, refer to the Company’s annual report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc., MediaMission B.V. (formerly Media Mission Holding B.V.) and Mediasite KK. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Prior to January 2014, the Company owned approximately 26% of Mediasite KK and accounted for its investment under the equity method of accounting. On January 14, 2014, the Company purchased the remaining 74% of Mediasite KK.

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Information

We have determined that in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280-10, Segment Reporting , we operate in three operating segments, however these segments meet the criteria for aggregation for reporting purposes as one reporting segment as of March 31, 2015. Prior to the acquisitions in the year ended September 30, 2014, we reported in one operating segment. Therefore, such information is not presented.

 

7


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

General

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery occurs or services are rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is deferred when undelivered products or services are essential to the functionality of delivered products, customer acceptance is uncertain, significant obligations remain, or the fair value of undelivered elements is unknown. Typically, the Company does not offer customers the right to return product, other than for exchange or repair pursuant to a warranty or stock rotation. The Company’s policy is to reduce revenue if it incurs an obligation for price rebates or other such programs during the period the obligation is reasonably estimated to occur. The following policies apply to the Company’s major categories of revenue transactions.

Products

Products are considered delivered, and revenue is recognized, when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer or upon customer acceptance if non-delivered products or services are essential to the functionality of delivered products. Under the terms and conditions of the sale, this occurs at the time of shipment to the customer. Product revenue currently represents sales of our Mediasite recorder and Mediasite related products such as our server software and other software licenses. If a license is time-based, the revenue is recognized over the term of the license agreement.

Services

The Company sells support and content hosting contracts to our customers, typically one year in length, and records the related revenue ratably over the contractual period. Our support contracts cover phone and electronic technical support availability over and above the level provided by our distributors, software upgrades on a when and if available basis, advance hardware replacement and an extension of the standard hardware warranty from 90 days to one year. The manufacturers the Company contracts with to build the units provide a limited one-year warranty on the hardware. The Company also sells installation, training, event webcasting, and customer content hosting services. Revenue for those services is recognized when performed in the case of installation, training and event webcasting services. Occasionally, the Company will sell customization services to enhance the server software. Revenue from those services is recognized when performed, if perfunctory, or under contract accounting. Service amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are met.

Revenue Arrangements that Include Multiple Elements

Sales of software, with or without installation, training, and post customer support fall within the scope of the software revenue recognition rules. Under the software revenue recognition rules, the fee from a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of the undelivered elements based upon vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), which is limited to the price charged when the same deliverable is sold separately, with the residual value from the arrangement allocated to the delivered element. The portion of the fee that is allocated to each deliverable is then recognized as revenue when the criteria for revenue recognition are met with respect to that deliverable. If VSOE does not exist for all of the undelivered elements, then all revenue from the arrangement is typically deferred until all elements have been delivered to the customer.

In the case of the Company’s hardware products with embedded software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality, and therefore, the revenue from the sale of these products is accounted for under the revenue recognition rules for tangible products whereby the fee from a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices as determined by a selling-price hierarchy. A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. A delivered item that does not qualify as a separate unit of accounting is combined with the other undelivered items in the arrangement and revenue is recognized for those combined deliverables as a single unit of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based upon VSOE if available, from third-party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available, and best estimate of selling price (ESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE are available. TPE is the price of the Company’s or any competitor’s largely interchangeable products or services in stand-alone sales to similarly situated customers. ESP is the price at which the Company would sell the deliverable if it were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis, considering market conditions and entity-specific factors. All revenue arrangements, excluding the sale of all software-only products and associated services, have been accounted for under this guidance.

 

8


Table of Contents

The selling prices used in the relative selling price allocation method are as follows: (1) the Company’s products and services are based upon VSOE and (2) hardware products with embedded software, for which VSOE does not exist, are based upon ESP. The Company does not believe TPE exists for any of these products and services because they are differentiated from competing products and services in terms of functionality and performance and there are no competing products or services that are largely interchangeable. Management establishes ESP for hardware products with embedded software using a cost plus margin approach with consideration for market conditions, such as the impact of competition and geographic considerations, and entity-specific factors, such as the cost of the product and the Company’s profit objectives. Management believes that ESP is reflective of reasonable pricing of that deliverable as if priced on a stand-alone basis. When a sales transaction includes deliverables that are divided between Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 605 and ASC Subtopic 985-605, the Company allocates the selling price using the relative selling price method whereas value is allocated using an ESP for software developed using a percent of list price approach. The other deliverables are valued using ESP or VSOE as previously discussed.

While the pricing model, currently in use, captures all critical variables, unforeseen changes due to external market forces may result in a revision of the inputs. These modifications may result in the consideration allocation differing from the one presently in use. Absent a significant change in the pricing inputs or the way in which the industry structures its transactions, future changes in the pricing model are not expected to materially affect our allocation of arrangement consideration.

Management has established VSOE for hosting services. Billings for hosting are spread ratably over the term of the hosting agreement, with the typical hosting agreement having a term of 12 months, with renewal on an annual basis. The Company sells most hosting contracts without the inclusion of products. When the hosting arrangement is sold in conjunction with product, the product revenue is recognized immediately while the remaining hosting revenue is spread ratably over the term of the hosting agreement. The selling price is allocated between these elements using the relative selling price method. The Company uses ESP for development of the selling price for hardware products with embedded software.

The Company also offers hosting services bundled with events services. The Company uses VSOE to establish relative selling prices for its events services. The Company recognizes events revenue when the event takes place and recognizes the hosting revenue over the term of the hosting agreement. The total amount of the arrangement is allocated to each element based on the relative selling price method.

Reserves

The Company reserves for stock rotations, price adjustments, rebates, and sales incentives to reduce revenue and accounts receivable for these and other credits granted to customers. Such reserves are recorded at the time of sale and are calculated based on historical information (such as rates of product stock rotations) and the specific terms of sales programs, taking into account any other known information about likely customer behavior. If actual customer behavior differs from our expectations, additional reserves may be required. Also, if the Company determines that it can no longer accurately estimate amounts for stock rotations and sales incentives, the Company would not be able to recognize revenue until resellers sell the inventory to the final end user.

Shipping and Handling

The Company’s shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in other revenue. Costs related to shipping and handling are included in cost of revenue and are recorded at the time of shipment to the customer.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

As of March 31, 2015, of the $2.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, $538 thousand is deposited with two major U.S. financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses on such amounts and believes that it is not exposed to any

 

9


Table of Contents

significant credit risk on these balances. The remaining $2.1 million of cash and cash equivalents is held by our foreign subsidiaries in financial institutions in Japan and the Netherlands and held in their local currency. The cash held in foreign financial institutions is not guaranteed.

We assess the realization of our receivables by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. Through these evaluations, we may become aware of a situation where a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations due to deterioration of its financial viability, credit ratings or bankruptcy. Our reserve requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. Our reserves are also based on amounts determined by using percentages applied to certain aged receivable categories. These percentages are determined by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current economic trends, historical payment and bad debt write-off experience. Allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable was $180,000 at March 31, 2015 and $150,000 at September 30, 2014, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2015, of the $2.6 million aggregate cash and cash equivalents held by the Company, the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries was $2.1 million. If the funds held by our foreign subsidiaries were needed for our operations in the United States, the repatriation of some of these funds to the United States could require payment of additional U.S. taxes.

Trade Accounts Receivable

The majority of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from entities in, or distributors or value added resellers to, the education, corporate and government sectors. Credit is extended based on evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are typically due within 30 days and are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered to be past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes-off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Interest is not accrued on past due receivables.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory consists of raw materials and supplies used in the assembly of Mediasite recorders and finished units. Inventory of completed units and spare parts are carried at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2015
     September 30,
2014
 

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 398       $ 549   

Finished goods

     1,818         1,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 2,216    $ 1,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Software development costs incurred in conjunction with product development are charged to research and development expense until technological feasibility is established. Thereafter, until the product is released for sale, software development costs are capitalized and reported at the net realizable value of the related product. Typically the period between achieving technological feasibility of the Company’s products and the general availability of the products has been short. Consequently, software development costs qualifying for capitalization are typically immaterial and are generally expensed to research and development costs, as incurred. Upon product release, the amortization of software development costs is determined annually as the greater of the amount computed using the

 

10


Table of Contents

ratio of current gross revenues for the products to their total of current and anticipated future gross revenues, or the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the products, expected to be three years. Amortization expense of software development costs of $89 thousand is included in Cost of Revenue – Product for the six months ending March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The gross amount of capitalized external and internal development costs is $533 thousand at March 31, 2015 and September 30, 2014. There were no software development efforts that qualified for capitalization for the six months ended March 31, 2015.

Valuation of Assets and Liabilities in Business Combinations

The assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at fair value. Fair value is based on the definition in ASC 820-10-20 as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Variations of the cost and market approaches are used to measure the fair value of components of working capital (e.g. accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable) and tangible assets, such as property plant and equipment. When measuring the fair value of acquired intangible assets, the income approach is generally considered. Financial assets and liabilities are valued based on a quoted price in an active market. In the absence of a quoted market price a valuation technique is used to determine fair value, such as a market approach or an income approach. Non-financial liabilities may be valued based on a transfer approach. These measures require significant judgment including estimates of expected cash flow, or discount rates among others.

Gain from investment in Mediasite KK

The Company’s investment in Mediasite KK was accounted for under the equity method of accounting using a one quarter timing lag through December 31, 2013. On January 14, 2014, the Company’s ownership percentage increased from approximately 26% of their common stock to 100%. In connection with the acquisition, the one quarter lag in reporting their results was eliminated. The Company upon obtaining control of Mediasite KK recorded a “step-up” in the value of its previously owned interest in Mediasite KK to fair value. The gain amounted to approximately $1.4 million and was partially offset by $901 thousand of tax expense related to such investment. The Company recorded equity in earnings of $15 thousand and $38 thousand for the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes. The estimated useful lives used to calculate depreciation are as follows:

 

     Years  

Leasehold improvements

     5 to 10 years   

Computer equipment

     3 to 5 years   

Furniture and fixtures

     5 to 7 years   

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes disclosure of financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. Our comprehensive loss encompasses net loss and foreign currency translation adjustments. Assets and liabilities of international operations that have a functional currency that is not in U.S. dollars are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, and revenue and expense items are translated using weighted average exchange rates. Any adjustments arising on translation are included in shareholders’ equity as an element of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Nonfinancial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company’s goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are nonfinancial assets that were acquired either as part of a business combination, individually or with a group of other assets. These nonfinancial assets were

 

11


Table of Contents

initially measured and recognized at amounts equal to the fair value determined as of the date of acquisition. Fair value measurements of reporting units are estimated using an income approach involving discounted or undiscounted cash flow models that contain certain Level 3 inputs requiring management judgment, including projections of economic conditions and customer demand, revenue and margins, changes in competition, operating costs, working capital requirements, and new product introductions. Fair value measurements of the reporting units associated with the Company’s goodwill balances are estimated at least annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year for purposes of impairment testing. Fair value measurements associated with the Company’s intangible assets and other long-lived assets are estimated when events or changes in circumstances such as market value, asset utilization, physical change, legal factors, or other matters indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

In determining the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, the Company currently utilizes market data or other assumptions that it believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market, and adjusts for non-performance and/or other risk associated with the Company as well as counterparties, as appropriate. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices which are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the Company at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs: Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1, as this level provides the most reliable measure of fair value, while giving the lowest priority to Level 3.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

The Company’s other financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt instruments. The book values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, debt and accounts payable are considered to be representative of their respective fair values. The carrying value of capital lease obligations, including the current portion, approximates fair market value as the fixed rate approximates the current market rate of interest available to the Company.

Legal Contingencies

In June 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Astute Technology, LLC (“Astute”). The key terms of the agreement were: 1) a grant of a non-revocable license of Astute patents to the Company; 2) a grant of a fully paid, non-refundable license of certain Sonic Foundry patents to Astute; 3) both Astute and our customer agreed to identify three meetings they currently capture that the other party will not seek or respond to any request for proposal; and 4) a payment of $1.35 million to Astute. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the payments were made in three equal amounts with the first paid in June 2014, the second paid in October 2014 and the final installment paid in March 2015. The Company contributed $1.1 million of the $1.35 million payable to Astute. Of the $1.1 million, $428 thousand related to prior use and was recorded as a charge to income during fiscal 2014. The remaining $672 thousand was recorded as a product right asset, which is being amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the remaining life of the patents, through 2020. Future amounts due to Astute were accrued for as of the time of settlement.

Except as reported above, no legal contingencies were recorded for the year ended September 30, 2014, and for the six months ended March 31, 2015.

 

12


Table of Contents

Stock Based Compensation

The Company uses a lattice valuation model to account for all employee stock options granted. The lattice valuation model is a more flexible analysis to value options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as actual exercise behavior of option holders. The Company uses historical data to estimate the option exercise and employee departure behavior in the lattice valuation model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company considers all employees to have similar exercise behavior and therefore has not identified separate homogenous groups for valuation. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods the options are expected to be outstanding is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant. Forfeitures are based on actual behavior patterns.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated using the assumptions in the following table:

 

     Six months ended March 31,
     2015    2014

Expected life

   5.0 years    4.8 years

Risk-free interest rate

   0.98%-1.04%    0.60%-0.70%

Expected volatility

   45.46%-48.96%    47.15%-47.18%

Expected forfeiture rate

   10.72%    12.2%

Expected exercise factor

   1.42-1.43    1.39-1.41

Expected dividend yield

   0%    0%

A summary of option activity as of March 31, 2015 and changes during the six months then ended is presented below:

 

     Options      Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Period in
Years
 

Outstanding at October 1, 2014

     1,240,941       $ 10.31         6.9   

Granted

     305,404         9.27         9.8   

Exercised

     (6,867      6.98         7.8   

Forfeited

     (54,035      12.34         3.2   
  

 

 

       

Outstanding at March 31, 2015

  1,485,443      10.04      7.1   

Exercisable at March 31, 2015

  880,746      10.52      5.8   

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested shares and changes during the six month period ended March 31, 2015 is presented below:

 

     2015  

Non-vested Shares

   Shares      Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Non-vested at October 1, 2014

     539,519       $ 3.29   

Granted

     305,404         3.19   

Vested

     (225,372      2.98   

Forfeited

     (14,854      2.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested at March 31, 2015

  604,697    $ 3.30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the six months ended March 31, 2015 was

 

13


Table of Contents

$3.19. As of March 31, 2015, there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation, including $182 thousand of estimated forfeitures. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining life of 2.2 years.

Stock-based compensation recorded in the three month period ended March 31, 2015 of $222 thousand was allocated $143 thousand to selling and marketing expenses, $22 thousand to general and administrative expenses, and $57 thousand to product development expenses. Stock-based compensation recorded in the six month period ended March 31, 2015 of $538 thousand was allocated $338 thousand to selling and marketing expenses, $106 thousand to general and administrative expenses, and $94 thousand to product development expenses. Stock-based compensation recorded in the three month period ended March 31, 2014 of $193 thousand was allocated $127 thousand to selling and marketing expenses, $11 thousand to general and administrative expenses, and $55 thousand to product development expenses. Stock-based compensation recorded in the six month period ended March 31, 2014 of $475 thousand was allocated $314 thousand to selling and marketing expenses, $28 thousand to general and administrative expenses, and $133 thousand to product development expenses. Cash received from exercises under all stock option plans and warrants for the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2015 was $8 thousand in each period, respectively. Cash received from exercises under all stock option plans and warrants for the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2014 was $147 and $182 thousand, respectively. There were no tax benefits realized for tax deductions from option exercises in either of the six month periods ended March 31, 2015 or 2014. The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

The Company also has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Purchase Plan) under which an aggregate of 150,000 common shares may be issued. The Shareholders approved an amendment to increase the number of shares of common stock subject to the plan from 100,000 to 150,000 at the Company’s annual meeting in March 2014. All employees who have completed 90 days of employment with the Company on the first day of each offering period and customarily work twenty hours per week or more are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan. An employee who, after the grant of an option to purchase, would hold common stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the Company will not be eligible to participate. Eligible employees may make contributions through payroll deductions of up to 10% of their compensation. No participant in the Purchase Plan is permitted to purchase common stock under the Purchase Plan if such option would permit his or her rights to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such shares, or that exceeds 1,000 shares, for each calendar year. The Company makes a bi-annual offering to eligible employees of options to purchase shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan on the first trading day of January and July. Each offering period is for a period of six months from the date of the offering, and each eligible employee as of the date of offering is entitled to purchase shares of common stock at a purchase price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of common stock on the first or last trading day of the offering period. There were 5,780 shares purchased by employees for the six month offering ended December 31, 2014, which were issued in January 2015. A total of 46,703 shares are available to be issued under the plan. The Company recorded stock compensation expense under this plan for the three month and six month periods ended March 31, 2015 of $8 thousand and $14 thousand, respectively. The Company recorded stock compensation expense under this plan for the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2014 of $8 thousand and $11 thousand, respectively.

Common Stock Warrants

On December 22, 2014, the company issued 74,802 warrants to two individuals in combination with the sale of a like number of shares of common stock, one of which is the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors. These warrants are immediately exercisable, expire five years after the date of issuance and have an exercise and weighted average price of $14.00. The remaining contractual life of these outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2015 was 4.73 years. The fair value of the warrants was determined using the lattice model and the same inputs as those used for valuing the Company’s stock option fair value. The fair value of the warrants is $133 thousand. The Company determined that the warrants are freestanding and do not fall within the scope of ASC 480 or ASC 815. The warrants were recorded in conjunction with the stock issued.

Per share computation

Basic earnings (loss) per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock

 

14


Table of Contents

outstanding during the period, less shares that may be repurchased, and excludes any dilutive effects of options and warrants. In periods where the Company reports net income, diluted net income per share is computed using common equivalent shares related to outstanding options and warrants to purchase common stock. The numerator for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is net income (loss). The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted weighted average shares used in the earnings per share calculations:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Six Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2015      2014      2015      2014  

Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average common shares

     4,348,511         4,204,528         4,309,776         4,098,774   

Effect of dilutive options (treasury method)

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share - adjusted weighted average common shares

  4,348,511      4,204,528      4,309,776      4,098,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options and warrants outstanding during each period, but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they are antidilutive

  1,559,745      1,232,581      1,559,745      1,232,581   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. The guidance substantially converges final standards on revenue recognition between the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board providing a framework on addressing revenue recognition issues and, upon its effective date, replaces almost all exiting revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance, in current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 to determine the impact, if any, it may have on our financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASU 2014-12”). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-12 to determine the impact, if any, it may have on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entities Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). The guidance in ASU 2014-15 sets forth management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as required disclosures. ASU 2014-15 indicates that, when preparing financial statements for interim and annual financial statements, management should evaluate whether conditions or events, in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This evaluation should include consideration of conditions and events that are either known or are reasonably knowable at the date the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued, as well as whether it is probable that management’s plans to address the substantial doubt will be implemented and, if so, whether it is probable that the plans will alleviate the substantial doubt. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods and annual periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 to determine the impact, if any, it may have on our financial statements.

 

15


Table of Contents

In November 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Pushdown Accounting (ASU 2014-17). ASU 2014-17 is intended to provide guidance on whether and at what threshold an acquired entity that is a business or nonprofit activity can apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statement. The amendments should reduce diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosure. ASU 2014-17 is effective after November 18, 2014. The Company has adopted this guidance, but it does not have an impact on previous acquisitions.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which amends the current presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, instead of as an asset. The amendments are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, but early adoption is permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Accounting standards that have been issued but are not yet effective by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date, which are not discussed above, are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements upon adoption.

 

2. Related Party Transactions

During the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2015, the Company incurred fees of $42 and $76 thousand, respectively, to a law firm, a partner of which is a director and stockholder of the Company. The Company incurred similar fees of $59 thousand and $149 thousand, respectively, during the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2014. The Company had accrued liabilities for unbilled services of $20 thousand at March 31, 2015 and $30 thousand at September 30, 2014 to the same law firm.

As of March 31, 2015 and September 30, 2014, the Company had a loan outstanding from an executive totaling $26 thousand. The loan is collateralized by Company stock.

As of March 31, 2015, and September 30, 2014 the Company had outstanding amounts due for management fees and dividends payable to the sellers of and current employees of its wholly-owned subsidiary, MediaMission B.V. totaling $167 thousand and $370 thousand, respectively.

On December 22, 2014, Sonic Foundry, Inc. issued 35,905 and 38,897 shares of common stock to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and a major shareholder of the Company, respectively. The shares were issued at a price of approximately $8.36 per share, representing the twenty-day average closing price on the period ending December 18, 2014. On December 22, 2014, the closing price of the Company’s common stock was $7.68 per share. The shares are restricted from any sale, distribution or pledge of any kind for a two-year period ending December 22, 2016. The two individuals also received warrants to purchase 35,905 and 38,897 shares at $14.00 per share, respectively, which expire on December 22, 2019. This transaction was approved by a committee of disinterested directors of the Company.

 

3. Commitments

Inventory Purchase Commitments

The Company enters into unconditional purchase commitments on a regular basis for the supply of Mediasite product. At March 31, 2015, the Company has an obligation to purchase $1.2 million of Mediasite product, which is not recorded on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Operating Leases

In November 2011, the Company occupied office space related to a lease agreement entered into on June 28, 2011. The lease term is from November 2011 through December 2018. The lease includes a tenant improvement

 

16


Table of Contents

allowance of $613 thousand that was recorded as a leasehold improvement liability and is being amortized as a credit to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At March 31, 2015, the unamortized balance was $314 thousand.

 

4. Credit Arrangements

Silicon Valley Bank

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. (the “Companies”) entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 27, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment, dated as of May 31, 2013, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment, dated as of January 10, 2014, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment, dated as of March 31, 2014 (the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, as amended by the First, Second and Third Amendments, collectively, the “Second Amended Agreement”). The Second Amended Agreement provides for a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of $3,000,000. Interest accrues on the revolving line of credit at the per annum rate of three quarters of one percent (0.75%) above the Prime Rate (as defined), provided that Sonic Foundry maintains an Adjusted Quick Ratio (as defined) of greater than 2.0 to 1.0, or one-and-one quarter percent (1.25%) above the Prime Rate, if Sonic Foundry does not maintain an Adjusted Quick Ratio of greater than 2.0 to 1.0. The Second Amended Agreement does not provide for a minimum interest rate on the revolving loan. The Second Amended Agreement provides for an advance rate on domestic receivables of 80%. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility is October 1, 2015. Under the Second Amended Agreement, a term loan was entered into on January 14, 2014 in the original principal amount of $2,500,000 which accrues interest at the per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate (as defined) plus two and one-quarter percent (which equated to an interest rate of 5.5%), and is to be repaid in 36 equal monthly principal payments. The Second Amended Agreement also requires Sonic Foundry to continue to comply with certain financial covenants, including covenants to maintain an Adjusted Quick Ratio (as defined) of at least 1.50 to 1.00 (except for each of the months ended February 28, 2014, April 30, 2014, May 31, 2014, July 31, 2014, August 31, 2014, October 31, 2014, and November 30, 2014, the minimum required Adjusted Quick ratio was reduced to 1:25 to 1:00), and a quarterly Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, the latter of which would be waived if certain funds were reserved against the availability under the revolving line of credit.

On January 27, 2015, the Companies entered into a Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the Fourth Amendment: (i) the balance of the term loan payable to Silicon Valley of approximately $1,665,000 was repaid and replaced by a new term loan of $2,500,000 to be repaid in 36 equal principal payments, with interest at the Prime Rate (as defined) plus two and one quarter percent (5.5%), (ii) the limit of the revolving line of credit was increased from $3.0 million to $4.0 million and the maturity date was extended to January 31, 2017, (iii) the annual commitment fee on the revolving line of credit was increased from $20,000 to $26,667, and there was also payable a term loan commitment fee of $20,000 and an amendment fee of $5,000, (iv) the covenant that requires the Minimum Adjusted Quick ratio be at or greater than 1.25:1.0 on an intra-quarter basis and 1.5:1 at quarter end was reduced to 1.1:1 on an intra-quarter basis and 1.25:1 at quarter end, (v) the covenant that requires the Debt Service Coverage ratio to be at or greater than 1.25:1 was changed to include the change in deferred revenue in the numerator of the ratio, and the ratio was reduced to 1.0:1 for the quarters ending December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, to 1.25:1 for the quarter ending June 30, 2015 and to 1.5:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 and thereafter, (vi) the definition of Permitted Liens was amended to include no more than $800,000 in the aggregate amount of outstanding obligations for purchases of equipment, which was increased from the then-current limit of $400,000.

On May 13, 2015, the Companies entered into a Fifth Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment”), with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the Fifth Amendment: (i) interest will accrue on the revolving line of credit at the per annum rate of one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) above the Prime Rate (as defined); (ii) interest will accrue on the term loan at the per annum rate of two and three-quarters percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate; (iii) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant was eliminated and replaced by a Liquidity financial covenant, which requires, commencing with the monthly compliance period ended March 31, 2015, and thereafter, minimum Liquidity (as defined), tested with respect to Sonic Foundry only, of at least (x) 1:35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, and (y) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of a fiscal quarter; (iv) provides for an advance rate on foreign receivables of the lesser of (x)

 

17


Table of Contents

75% of Eligible Foreign Accounts (as defined) or (y) $1,000,000; (v) allows for certain subordinated debt to be issued to Partners for Growth IV, L.P.; (vi) waives existing defaults under the Second Amended Agreement by virtue of the Company’s failure to comply with (x) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant for the compliance periods ended February 28, 2015 and March 31, 2015, and (y) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio financial covenant for the compliance period ended March 31, 2015; and (vii) the Debt Service Coverage ratio was reduced to 1.0:1 for the quarter ending June 30, 2015, to 1.25:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 and remains at 1.50:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter.

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $2.4 million was outstanding on the term loans with Silicon Valley Bank, with an effective interest rate of five-and-one half percent (5.5%), and a balance of $1.9 million was outstanding on the revolving line of credit. At September 30, 2014, a balance of $1.9 million was outstanding on the term loans with Silicon Valley Bank and no balance was outstanding on the revolving line of credit. At March 31, 2015, there was a total of $3.5 million available under the line of credit facility for advances. At March 31, 2015, the Company was, except as noted above, in compliance with all covenants in the Second Amended Agreement, as amended. As noted above, Silicon Valley Bank subsequently waived the covenant violations.

The Second Amended Agreement, as amended, contains events of default that include, among others, non-payment of principal or interest, inaccuracy of any representation or warranty, violation of covenants, bankruptcy and insolvency events, material judgments, cross defaults to certain other indebtedness, and material adverse changes. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of the Companies’ obligations under the Second Amended Agreement, as amended.

Pursuant to the Second Amended Agreement, as amended, the Companies pledged as collateral to Silicon Valley Bank substantially all non-intellectual property business assets. The Companies also entered into an Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to intellectual property assets.

Partners for Growth IV, L.P.

On May 13, 2015, Sonic Foundry, Inc., entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) with Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“PFG”), (the “Loan and Security Agreement”).

The Loan and Security Agreement provides for a Term Loan in the amount of $2,000,000, which will be disbursed in two (2) Tranches as follows: Tranche 1 will be in the amount of $1,500,000, and is expected to be disbursed, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, shortly after execution thereof; and Tranche 2 will be in the amount of $500,000, and can be disbursed at any time, at Sonic Foundry’s discretion, following disbursement of Tranche 1 and on or before December 31, 2015, so long as at no Default or Event of Default (as defined) shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each tranche of the Term Loan bears interest at 10.75% per annum. Tranche 1 of the Term Loan is payable interest only until November 30, 2015. Thereafter, principal is due in 30 equal monthly principal installments, plus accrued interest, beginning December 1, 2015 and continuing until May 1, 2018, when the principal balance is to be paid in full. Tranche 2 of the Term Loan is payable using the same repayment schedule as Tranche 1.

The principal of the Term Loan may be prepaid at any time, provided that Sonic Foundry pays to PFG a prepayment fee equal to 1% of the principal amount prepaid, if the prepayment occurs in the first year from disbursement of Tranche 1.

The Term Loan is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets, including intellectual property, subject to a first lien held by Silicon Valley Bank, The Term Loan requires compliance with the same financial covenants as set forth in the loan from Silicon Valley Bank.

Coincident with execution of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company entered into a Warrant Agreement (“Warrant”) with PFG. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, the Company issued to PFG a warrant to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $9.66 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Pursuant to the Warrant, PFG is also entitled, under certain conditions, to require the Company to exchange the Warrant for the sum of $200,000 (or $150,000, if the Company does not draw on Tranche 2 of the Term Loan).

 

18


Table of Contents

Other Indebtedness

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $86 thousand was outstanding on the notes payable to Mitsui Sumitomo Bank. At September 30, 2014 the outstanding balance on the notes was $170 thousand. At March 31, 2015, a balance of $327 thousand was outstanding on the line of credit with Mitsui Sumitomo Bank. The notes and credit facility are both related to Mediasite K.K., and both accrue interest at an annual rate of approximately one-and-one half percent (1.575%).

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $268 thousand was outstanding on the subordinated note payable related to the acquisition of MediaMission, with an annual interest rate of six-and-one half percent (6.5%). At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance was $628 thousand.

At March 31, 2015, no balance was outstanding on the subordinated payable related to the acquisition of Mediasite KK after paying off the outstanding balance in January 2015. At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance was $1.8 million.

 

5. Income Taxes

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S., Netherlands, Japan and various state jurisdictions. All of the Company’s tax years are subject to examination by the U.S., Dutch, Japanese and state tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses.

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future benefits of net operating loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance equal to 100% of the net US deferred tax assets has been recognized due to uncertainty regarding future realization, as a result of the Company’s past history of losses.

Beginning with an acquisition in fiscal year 2002, the Company has amortized goodwill for tax purposes over a 15 year life. Goodwill is not amortized for book purposes.

The difference between the book and tax balance of certain of the company’s goodwill creates a deferred tax liability and an annual tax expense. Because of the long term nature of the goodwill timing difference, tax planning strategies cannot be utilized with respect to the deferred tax liability. The Company’s tax rate differs from the expected tax rate each reporting period as a result of the aforementioned items. The balance of the deferred tax liability was $4.3 million at March 31, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively. The Company recorded a deferred tax liability related to the customer relationship intangibles value acquired as part of the purchase of MediaMission BV and Mediasite KK. The Company also recorded tax expense related to the “step-up” gain on its original equity investment in Mediasite KK. The Company has some other temporary differences related to its Mediasite KK subsidiary.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no accruals for interest and penalties on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2015 or September 30, 2014, and has not recognized any interest or penalties in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for either of the three or six month periods ended March 31, 2015 or 2014.

 

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are recorded at cost and are not amortized but, instead, tested at least annually for impairment. The Company assesses the impairment of goodwill on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of these assets is less than the carrying value.

 

19


Table of Contents

The Company performs annual goodwill impairment test as of July 1, and tested goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisitions of Mediasite, MediaMission and Mediasite KK and determined it was not impaired. For purposes of the test, goodwill on the Company’s books is evaluated within three separate reporting units.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended March 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

Balance as of September 30, 2014

$  11,185   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  (357
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2015

$ 10,828   
  

 

 

 

 

7. Acquisition of MediaMission Holding B.V.

On December 16, 2013, Sonic Foundry completed its acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of MediaMission Holding B.V., the owner of 100% of the outstanding stock in MediaMission B.V., (“MediaMission”) and MediaMission Hosting B.V. Sonic Foundry paid $1.493 million for all the outstanding stock in MediaMission Holding B.V., comprised of $458,000 cash, $687,000 subordinated note payable over three years (interest rate of 6.5%) and $348,000 in shares of Sonic Foundry stock. The stock portion of the purchase price consisted of 37,608 shares of Sonic Foundry common stock. In connection with the acquisition of MediaMission Holding B.V., the Company entered into employment agreements with the two managing principals of MediaMission. As a result of the acquisition, the Company is expected to further increase its presence in the European market. The goodwill of $932 thousand arising from the acquisition consists largely of the synergies expected from combining the operations of the Company and MediaMission. None of the goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The fair value of the customer relationships was estimated by applying the income approach. That measure is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, and therefore represents Level 3 inputs. Key assumptions include a discount rate of 28 percent, estimated effective tax rate of 20 percent, and estimated customer attrition rate of 15 percent. The Company believes that the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The customer relationship intangible is amortized on a straight line basis over ten year years and amortization is categorized as a selling and marketing expense.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Assets acquired:

  

Cash

   $ 339  

Other current assets

     923   

Property and equipment

     49   

Customer relationships

     591   

Goodwill

     932   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

  2,834   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

Current liabilities

  (1,111

Deferred tax liability

  (230
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

  (1,341
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

$ 1,493  
  

 

 

 

MediaMission contributed revenue of $155 thousand and net loss of $75 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015. MediaMission contributed revenue of $392 thousand and net loss of $198 thousand for the six months ended March 31, 2015. MediaMission revenue contributions and net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were $136 thousand and $240 thousand, respectively. MediaMission contributed revenue of $227 thousand and a net loss of $197 thousand for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2014.

 

20


Table of Contents
8. Acquisition of MSKK

On January 14, 2014, Sonic Foundry paid approximately $5.7 million for the remaining stock in Mediasite KK, comprised of equal components of approximately $1.9 million cash, subordinated note payable in one year (interest rate of 5%) and value in shares of Sonic Foundry. The stock portion of the purchase price consisted of 189,222 shares of Sonic Foundry common stock. Assets acquired include cash, accounts receivable, inventory, fixed assets and customer relationship and other intangibles and liabilities assumed include accounts payable, debt, taxes payable and unearned revenues. Prior to completion of this acquisition, the Company owned a minority interest of approximately 26% of Mediasite KK. In connection with the acquisition, the one quarter lag in reporting their results was eliminated. The Company determined that the acquisition was deemed to be a material business combination. During the second fiscal quarter of 2014, this initial investment was valued at the same amount as the value when control was achieved which resulted in a non-cash gain of approximately $1.4 million. This amount was partially offset by a $901 thousand tax expense associated with the gain. As a result of the acquisition, the Company is expected to further increase its presence in the Japanese and Asian market. The goodwill of $2.9 million arising from the acquisition consists largely of the synergies expected from combining the operations of the Company and Mediasite KK. None of the goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company recorded the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The fair value of the customer relationships was estimated by applying the income approach. That measure is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, and therefore represents Level 3 inputs. Key assumptions include a discount rate of 30 percent, estimated effective tax rate of 35.5 percent, and estimated customer attrition rate of 15 percent. The Company believes that the information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The customer relationship intangible is amortized on a straight line basis over ten year years and amortization is categorized as a selling and marketing expense.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Assets acquired:

  

Cash

   $ 3,163   

Other current assets

     1,792   

Property and equipment

     240   

Customer relationships

     2,071   

Goodwill

     2,906   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

  10,172   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

Current liabilities

  (1,590

Deferred tax liability

  (808
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

  (2,398
  

 

 

 

Less ownership basis of original 26% investment

  (2,053
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price for 74% remaining stock

$ 5,721  
  

 

 

 

Mediasite KK contributed revenue of $1.7 million and net income of $313 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Mediasite KK contributed revenue of $2.7 million and net income of $100 thousand for the six months ended March 31, 2015. Mediasite KK contributed revenue of approximately $2.2 million and net income of approximately $300 thousand for the period from the date of acquisition to March 31, 2014.

 

9. Subsequent Events

On May 13, 2015, the Companies entered into a Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment”), with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the Fifth Amendment: (i) interest will accrue on the revolving line of credit at the per annum rate of one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) above the

 

21


Table of Contents

Prime Rate; (ii) interest will accrue on the term loan at the per annum rate of two and three-quarters percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate; (iii) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant was eliminated and replaced by a Liquidity financial covenant, which requires, commencing with the monthly compliance period ended March 31, 2015, and thereafter, minimum Liquidity (as defined), tested with respect to Sonic Foundry only, of at least (x) 1:35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, and (y) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of a fiscal quarter; (iv) provides for an advance rate on foreign receivables of the lesser of (x) 75% of Eligible Foreign Accounts (as defined) or (y) $1,000,000; (v) allows for certain subordinated debt to be issued to Partners for Growth IV, L.P.; (vi) waives existing defaults under the Second Amended Agreement by virtue of the Company’s failure to comply with (x) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant for the compliance periods ended February 28, 2015 and March 31, 2015, and (y) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio financial covenant for the compliance period ended March 31, 2015; and (vii) the Debt Service Coverage ratio was reduced to 1.0:1 for the quarter ending June 30, 2015, to 1.25:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 and remains at 1.50:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter.

On May 13, 2015, Sonic Foundry, Inc., entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) with Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“PFG”), (the “Loan and Security Agreement”).

The Loan and Security Agreement provides for a Term Loan in the amount of $2,000,000, which will be disbursed in two (2) Tranches as follows: Tranche 1 will be in the amount of $1,500,000 is expected to be disbursed, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, shortly after execution thereof; and Tranche 2 will be in the amount of $500,000, and can be disbursed at any time, at Sonic Foundry’s discretion, following disbursement of Tranche 1 and on or before December 31, 2015, so long as at no Default or Event of Default (as defined) shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each tranche of the Term Loan bears interest at 10.75% per annum. Tranche 1 of the Term Loan is payable interest only until November 30, 2015. Thereafter, principal is due in 30 equal monthly principal installments, plus accrued interest, beginning December 1, 2015 and continuing until May 1, 2018, when the principal balance is to be paid in full. Tranche 2 of the Term Loan is payable using the same repayment schedule as Tranche 1.

The principal of the Term Loan may be prepaid at any time, provided that Sonic Foundry pays to PFG a prepayment fee equal to 1% of the principal amount prepaid, if the prepayment occurs in the first year from disbursement of Tranche 1.

The Term Loan is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets, including intellectual property, subject to a first lien held by Silicon Valley Bank, The Term Loan requires compliance with the same financial covenants as set forth in the loan from Silicon Valley Bank.

Coincident with execution of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company entered into a Warrant Agreement (“Warrant”) with PFG. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, the Company issued to PFG a warrant to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $9.66 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Pursuant to the Warrant, PFG is also entitled, under certain conditions, to require the Company to exchange the Warrant for the sum of $200,000 (or $150,000, if the Company does not draw on Tranche 2 of the Term Loan).

 

10. Pro Forma Financial Information

The following table represents the net loss (in thousands) for the Company on a pro forma basis, assuming the acquisitions of MediaMission and Mediasite KK had each occurred as of October 1, 2013. The table sets forth unaudited pro forma results for the three and six months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively and has been compiled from historical financial statements and other information, but is not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have been achieved had the transaction occurred on the dates indicated or that may be achieved in the future.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2015      2014      2015      2014  

Revenue

   $ 8,106       $ 8,940       $ 16,847       $ 17,948   

Net loss

     (1,350      (1,394      (2,382      (1,614

Basic loss per share

   $ (0.31    $ (0.33    $ (0.55    $ (0.37

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Risks and Uncertainties

The following discussion of the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-Q and the Company’s annual report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements such as statements of the Company’s expectations, plans, objectives and beliefs. These statements use such words as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” and other similar terminology.

Actual results could differ materially from expectations due to changes in the market acceptance of our products, competition, market introduction or product development delays; all of which would impact our strategy to develop a network of inside regional sales managers and distribution partners that target customer opportunities for multi-unit and repeat purchases. If the Company does not achieve multi-unit and repeat purchases, our business will be harmed.

Our future success will continue to depend upon our ability to develop new products, product enhancements or service offerings that address future needs of our target markets and to respond to these changing standards and practices. The success of new products, product enhancements or service offerings depend on several factors, including the timely completion, quality and market acceptance of the product, enhancement or service. Our revenue could be reduced if we do not capitalize on our current market leadership by timely development of innovative new products, product enhancements or service offerings that will increase the likelihood that our products and services will be accepted in preference to the products and services of our current and future competitors.

With the continued global economic pressure experienced in fiscal 2015, there is a continuing risk of further weakening in conditions, particularly with those customers that rely on local, state or Federal government funding. Japan experienced a decline in its gross domestic growth rate in fiscal 2015, delays in certain government programs and a weakening in the Japanese yen, all of which had a negative impact on our recently acquired operation in Japan. Any continuing unfavorable economic conditions could continue to negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition, which could in turn affect our stock price. Weak economic conditions and the resulting impact on the availability of public funds along with the possibility of state and local budget cuts and reduced university enrollment could lead to a reduction in demand for our products and services. In addition, a prolonged economic downturn could cause insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays, inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of the Company’s products, and inability or delay of our channel partners and other customers to pay accounts receivable owed to us.

Most of our customers and potential customers are public colleges, universities, schools and other education providers who depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or local funding for colleges, universities, schools and other education providers could cause our current and potential customers to reduce or delay their purchases of our products and services, or to decide not to renew service contracts, either of which could cause us to lose revenues. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours would also cause us to lose revenues. Unfavorable economic conditions may result in further budget cuts and lead to lower overall spending, including information technology spending, by our current and potential clients, which may cause our revenues to decrease.

We subcontract the manufacture of our recorders to one third-party contract manufacturer. Although we believe there are multiple sources of supply from other contract manufacturers as well as multiple suppliers of component parts required by our contract manufacturer, a disruption of supply of component parts or completed products, even if short term, would have a material negative impact on our revenues. Many component parts currently have long delivery lead times or cease production of certain components with limited notice in which to evaluate or obtain alternate supply, requiring conservative estimation of production requirements. Lengthening lead times, product design changes and other third party manufacturing disruptions have caused delays in delivery. In order to compensate for supply delays, we have sourced components from off-shore sources, used cross component parts, paid significantly higher prices or extra fees to expedite delivery for short supply components, and currently hold

 

23


Table of Contents

substantially larger quantities of inventory than in the past. Many of these strategies have increased our costs or require substantial resources to maintain and may not be sufficient to ensure against a product shortage. We depend on our subcontract manufacturer to produce our products efficiently while maintaining high levels of quality. Any manufacturing or component defects, delay in production or changes in product features will likely cause customer dissatisfaction and may harm our reputation. Moreover, any incapacitation of the manufacturing site due to destruction, natural disaster or similar events could result in a loss of product inventory. As a result of any of the foregoing, we may not be able to meet demand for our products, which could negatively affect revenues in the quarter of the disruption or longer depending upon the magnitude of the event, and could harm our reputation.

We completed the acquisitions of Mediasite KK in Japan and MediaMission in the Netherlands in fiscal 2014. As a result of these acquisitions, we are integrating products, services, dispersed operations, management systems and very different cultures. In the future, we may acquire or form strategic alliances or partnerships with other businesses in order to remain competitive or to acquire new technologies. Our failure to successfully manage the acquisitions of Mediasite KK and MediaMission, or other future acquisitions, strategic alliances or partnerships could seriously harm our operating results. In addition, our stockholders would be diluted if we finance the future acquisitions, strategic alliances or partnerships by incurring convertible debt or issuing equity securities.

Other factors that may impact actual results include: length of time necessary to close on sales leads to multi-unit purchasers, our ability to service existing accounts, global and local business conditions, legislation and governmental regulations, competition, our ability to effectively maintain and update our product portfolio, shifts in technology, political or economic instability in local markets, and currency and exchange rate fluctuations, as well as other issues which may be identified from time to time in Sonic Foundry’s Securities and Exchange Commission filings and other public announcements.

Overview

Sonic Foundry, Inc. is a technology leader in the emerging web communications marketplace, providing video content management and distribution for education, business and government. Using the Mediasite webcasting platform and webcast services of the Company’s events team, the Company empowers our customers to advance how they share knowledge online, using video webcasts to bridge time and distance, enhance learning outcomes and improve performance.

Management’s Use of Non-GAAP Measures

Our services are typically billed and collected in advance of providing the service which requires minimal cost to perform in the future. Billings, which are a non-GAAP measure, are a better indicator of customer activity and cash flow than revenue is, in management’s opinion, and is therefore used by management as a key operational indicator. Billings is computed by combining revenue with the change in unearned revenue.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. The guidance substantially converges final standards on revenue recognition between the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board providing a framework on addressing revenue recognition issues and, upon its effective date, replaces almost all exiting revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance, in current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 to determine the impact, if any, it may have on our financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASU 2014-12”). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-12 to determine the impact, if any, it may have on our financial statements.

 

24


Table of Contents

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entities Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). The guidance in ASU 2014-15 sets forth management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as required disclosures. ASU 2014-15 indicates that, when preparing financial statements for interim and annual financial statements, management should evaluate whether conditions or events, in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This evaluation should include consideration of conditions and events that are either known or are reasonably knowable at the date the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued, as well as whether it is probable that management’s plans to address the substantial doubt will be implemented and, if so, whether it is probable that the plans will alleviate the substantial doubt. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods and annual periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 to determine the impact, if any, it may have on our financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Pushdown Accounting”. ASU 2014-17 is intended to provide guidance on whether and at what threshold an acquired entity that is a business or nonprofit activity can apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statement. The amendments should reduce diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosure. ASU 2014-17 is effective after November 18, 2014. The Company has adopted this guidance, but it does not have an impact on previous acquisitions.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which amends the current presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, instead of as an asset. The amendments are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, but early adoption is permitted. The adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Accounting standards that have been issued but are not yet effective by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date, which are not discussed above, are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements upon adoption.

Critical Accounting Policies

We have identified the following as critical accounting policies to our Company and have discussed the development, selection of estimates and the disclosure regarding them with the audit committee of the board of directors:

 

    Revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and reserves;

 

    Impairment of long-lived assets;

 

    Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets;

 

    Accounting for stock-based compensation;

 

    Capitalized software development costs; and

 

    Valuation of assets and liabilities in business combinations

Revenue Recognition, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Reserves

General

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery occurs or services are rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is deferred when undelivered products or services are essential to the functionality of delivered products, customer acceptance is uncertain, significant obligations remain, or the fair value of undelivered elements is unknown. Typically, the Company does not offer customers the right to return product, other than for exchange or repair pursuant to a warranty or stock rotation. The Company’s policy is to reduce revenue if it incurs an obligation for price rebates or other such programs during the period the obligation is reasonably estimated to occur. The following policies apply to the Company’s major categories of revenue transactions.

 

25


Table of Contents

Products

Products are considered delivered, and revenue is recognized, when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer or upon customer acceptance if non-delivered products or services are essential to the functionality of delivered products. Under the terms and conditions of the sale, this occurs at the time of shipment to the customer. Product revenue currently represents sales of our Mediasite recorders and Mediasite related products such as our server software and other software licenses. If a license is time-based, the revenue is recognized over the term of the license agreement.

Services

The Company sells support and content hosting contracts to its customers, typically one year in length, and records the related revenue ratably over the contractual period. Our support contracts cover phone and electronic technical support availability over and above the level provided by our distribution partners, software upgrades on a when and if available basis, advance hardware replacement and an extension of the standard hardware warranty from 90 days to one year. The manufacturers we contract with to build the units provide a limited one-year warranty on the hardware. We also sell installation, training, event webcasting, and customer content hosting services. Revenue for those services is recognized when performed in the case of installation, training and event webcasting services. Occasionally, the Company will sell customization services to enhance the server software. Revenue from those services is recognized when performed, if perfunctory, or under contract accounting. Service amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are met.

Revenue Arrangements that Include Multiple Elements

Sales of software, with or without installation, training, and post customer support fall within the scope of the software revenue recognition rules. Under the software revenue recognition rules, the fee from a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of the undelivered elements based upon vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), which is limited to the price charged when the same deliverable is sold separately, with the residual value from the arrangement allocated to the delivered element. The portion of the fee that is allocated to each deliverable is then recognized as revenue when the criteria for revenue recognition are met with respect to that deliverable. If VSOE does not exist for all of the undelivered elements, then all revenue from the arrangement is typically deferred until all elements have been delivered to the customer.

In the case of the Company’s hardware products with embedded software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality, and therefore, the revenue from the sale of these products is accounted for under the revenue recognition rules for tangible products whereby the fee from a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated to each of the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices as determined by a selling-price hierarchy. A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. A delivered item that does not qualify as a separate unit of accounting is combined with the other undelivered items in the arrangement and revenue is recognized for those combined deliverables as a single unit of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based upon VSOE if available, third-party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available, and best estimate of selling price (ESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE are available. TPE is the price of the Company’s or any competitor’s largely interchangeable products or services in stand-alone sales to similarly situated customers. ESP is the price at which the Company would sell the deliverable if it were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis, considering market conditions and entity-specific factors. All revenue arrangements, excluding the sale of all software-only products and associated services, have been accounted for under this guidance.

The selling prices used in the relative selling price allocation method are as follows: (1) the Company’s products and services are based upon VSOE and (2) hardware products with embedded software, for which VSOE does not exist, are based upon ESP. The Company does not believe TPE exists for any of these products and services because they are differentiated from competing products and services in terms of functionality and performance and there are no

 

26


Table of Contents

competing products or services that are largely interchangeable. Management establishes ESP for hardware products with embedded software using a cost plus margin approach with consideration for market conditions, such as the impact of competition and geographic considerations, and entity-specific factors, such as the cost of the product and the Company’s profit objectives. Management believes that ESP is reflective of reasonable pricing of that deliverable as if priced on a stand-alone basis. When a sales transaction includes deliverables that are divided between ASC Topic 605 and ASC Subtopic 985-605, the Company allocates the selling price using the relative selling price method whereas value is allocated using an ESP for software developed using a percent of list price approach. The other deliverables are valued using ESP or VSOE as previously discussed.

While the pricing model, currently in use, captures all critical variables, unforeseen changes due to external market forces may result in a revision of the inputs. These modifications may result in the consideration allocation differing from the one presently in use. Absent a significant change in the pricing inputs or the way in which the industry structures its deals, future changes in the pricing model are not expected to materially affect our allocation of arrangement consideration.

Management has established VSOE for hosting services. Billings for hosting are spread ratably over the term of the hosting agreement, with the typical hosting agreement having a term of 12 months, with renewal on an annual basis. The Company sells most hosting contracts without the inclusion of products. When the hosting arrangement is sold in conjunction with product, the product revenue is recognized immediately while the remaining hosting revenue is spread ratably over the term of the hosting agreement. The selling price is allocated between these elements using the relative selling price method. The Company uses ESP for development of the selling price for hardware products with embedded software.

The Company also offers hosting services bundled with events services. The Company uses VSOE to establish relative selling prices for its events services. The Company recognizes events revenue when the event takes place and recognizes the hosting revenue over the term of the hosting agreement. The total amount of the arrangement is allocated to each element based on the relative selling price method.

Reserves

We record reserves for stock rotations, price adjustments, rebates, and sales incentives to reduce revenue and accounts receivable for these and other credits we may grant to customers. Such reserves are recorded at the time of sale and are calculated based on historical information (such as rates of product stock rotations) and the specific terms of sales programs, taking into account any other known information about likely customer behavior. If actual customer behavior differs from our expectations, additional reserves may be required. Also, if we determine that we can no longer accurately estimate amounts for stock rotations and sales incentives, we would not be able to recognize revenue until the resellers sell the inventory to the final end user.

Credit Evaluation and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We assess the realization of our receivables by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. Through these evaluations, we may become aware of a situation where a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations due to deterioration of its financial viability, credit ratings or bankruptcy. Our reserve requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. Our reserves are also based on amounts determined by using percentages applied to certain aged receivable categories. These percentages are determined by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current economic trends, historical payment and bad debt write-off experience. Allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable was $180,000 at March 31, 2015 and $150,000 at September 30, 2014, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Goodwill that have indefinite useful lives are recorded at cost and are not amortized but, instead, tested at least annually for impairment. We assess the impairment of goodwill on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of these assets is less than the carrying value. If a qualitative assessment is used and the Company determines that the fair value of goodwill is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) less than its carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test will be performed. If goodwill is quantitatively assessed for

 

27


Table of Contents

impairment, a two-step approach is applied. First, the Company compares the estimated fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value. The second step, if necessary, measures the amount of impairment, if any, by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying value.

In fiscal 2014 and 2013, we performed the two-step goodwill test and determined that the fair value of goodwill is more than the carrying value. For purposes of the fiscal 2014 test, goodwill balances are evaluated within three separate reporting units. For purposes of the fiscal 2013 test, goodwill was considered to be in one reporting unit. The Company has recognized no impairment charges as of March 31, 2015 or as of September 30, 2014.

If we had determined that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value, based upon the annual test or the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we would then measure impairment based on a comparison of the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. To the extent the carrying amount of goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of goodwill, we would record an impairment charge for the difference.

Long-lived assets and intangible assets other than goodwill are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on expected undiscounted cash flows attributable to that asset. For the six months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, no events or changes in circumstances occurred that required this analysis.

Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. We do not provide for U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, which we consider to be permanently invested outside of the U.S.

We make judgments regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets. The balance sheet carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on whether we believe that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets after consideration of all available evidence. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability considering historical profitability, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. Generally, cumulative loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed.

As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, valuation allowances have been established for all U.S. and for certain foreign deferred tax assets which we believe do not meet the “more likely than not” criteria for recognition. If we are subsequently able to utilize all or a portion of the deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been established, then we may be required to recognize these deferred tax assets through the reduction of the valuation allowance which could result in a material benefit to our results of operations in the period in which the benefit is determined.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

The Company uses a lattice valuation model to account for all stock options granted. The lattice valuation model provides a flexible analysis to value options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as actual exercise behavior of option holders. The Company uses historical data to estimate the option exercise and employee departure behavior in the lattice valuation model. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company considers all employees to have similar exercise behavior and therefore has not identified separate homogenous groups for valuation. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods the options are expected to be outstanding is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant. Forfeitures are based on actual behavior patterns.

 

28


Table of Contents

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Software development costs incurred in conjunction with product development are charged to research and development expense until technological feasibility is established. Thereafter, until the product is released for sale, software development costs are capitalized and reported at the net realizable value of the related product. Typically the period between achieving technological feasibility of the Company’s products and the general availability of the products has been short. Consequently, software development costs qualifying for capitalization are typically immaterial and are generally expensed to research and development costs. Upon product release, the amortization of software development costs is determined annually as the greater of the amount computed using the ratio of current gross revenues for the products to their total of current and anticipated future gross revenues or the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the products, expected to be three years. Total amortization expense of software development costs of $89 thousand is included in Cost of Revenue – Product for the six months ending March 31, 2015. The gross amount of capitalized external and internal development costs was $533 thousand at March 31, 2015 and September 30, 2014. There were no software development efforts that qualified for capitalization for the six months ended March 31, 2015.

Valuation of Assets and Liabilities in Business Combinations

The assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at fair value. Fair value is based on the definition in ASC 820-10-20 as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Variations of the cost and market approaches are used to measure the fair value of components of working capital (e.g. accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable) and tangible assets, such as property plant and equipment. When measuring the fair value of acquired intangible assets, the income approach is generally considered. Financial assets and liabilities are valued based on a quoted price in an active market. In the absence of a quoted market price a valuation technique is used to determine fair value, such as a market approach or an income approach. Non-financial liabilities may be valued based on a transfer approach. These measures require significant judgment including estimates of expected cash flow, or discount rates among others.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The acquisition of MediaMission Holding B.V. was completed on December 16, 2013. The acquisition of Mediasite KK was completed on January 14, 2014. The results of these subsidiaries from the dates of acquisition through March 31, 2015 are included in the discussion below.

Revenue

Revenue from our business includes the sale of Mediasite recorders and server software products and related services contracts, such as customer support, installation, customization services, training, content hosting and event services. We market our products to educational institutions, corporations and government agencies that need to deploy, manage, index and distribute video content on Internet-based networks. We reach both our domestic and international markets through reseller networks, a direct sales effort and partnerships with system integrators that assist with implementations of our products and sourcing of our products and services.

Q2-2015 compared to Q2-2014

Revenue in Q2-2015 decreased $772 thousand, or 9% from Q2-2014 revenue of $8.9 million to $8.1 million. Revenue consisted of the following:

 

    Product and other revenue from sale of Mediasite recorder units and server software was $3.3 million in Q2-2015 and $4.1 million in Q2-2014. Revenue for 227 recorders delivered in Q2-2015 to an international customer was deferred as of March 31, 2015. The chart below does not include the 227 recorders.

 

 

29


Table of Contents
     Q2-2015      Q2-2014  

Recorders sold

     240         325   

Rack units to mobile units ratio

     2.9 to 1         2.2 to 1   

Average sales price, excluding service (000’s)

   $ 10.2       $ 11.8   

Refresh Units

     78         66   

 

    Services revenue represents the portion of fees charged for Mediasite customer support contracts amortized over the length of the contract, typically 12 months, as well as training, installation, event and content hosting services. Services revenue increased from $4.7 million in Q2-2014 to $4.8 million in Q2-2015 primarily due to an increase in events services billings. At March 31, 2015, $9.9 million of revenue was deferred, of which we expect to recognize $8.6 million in the next twelve months, including approximately $3.7 million in the quarter ending June 30, 2015. At September 30, 2014, $10.0 million of revenue was deferred, of which $9.1 million was expected to be recognized in fiscal 2015.

 

    Other revenue relates to freight charges billed separately to our customers.

YTD-2015 (six months) compared to YTD-2014 (six months)

Revenues for YTD-2015 totaled $16.8 million compared to YTD-2014 revenues of $16.1 million. Revenues included the following:

 

    $6.8 million product and other revenue from the sale of 594 Mediasite recorders and software versus $7.0 million from the delivery of 626 Mediasite recorders and software in 2014. The Company expects to record revenue during the remainder of the fiscal year on a shipment of 227 recorders to one international customer which was delivered in Q2-2015 but deferred at March 31, 2015.

 

    $10.0 million from Mediasite customer support contracts, installation, training, event and hosting services versus $9.1 million in 2014. Services revenue increased primarily due to an increase in events services billings on Mediasite recorder units.

Gross Margin

Q2-2015 compared to Q2-2014

Gross margin for Q2-2015 was $6.2 million or 77% of revenue compared to Q2-2014 of $6.5 million or 73%. The increase in gross margin percentage was driven by operational improvements for MediaMission as well as improved margins for MSKK. The significant components of cost of revenue include:

 

    Material and freight costs for the Mediasite recorders. Costs for Q2-2015 Mediasite recorder hardware and other costs totaled $767 thousand, along with $58 thousand of freight costs, and $310 thousand of labor and allocated costs compared to Q2-2014 Mediasite recorder costs of $1.1 million for hardware and other costs, $63 thousand for freight and $267 thousand of labor and allocated costs. This resulted in gross margin on products of 67% in Q2-2015 as compared to gross margin of 64% in Q2-2014.

 

    Services costs. Staff wages and other costs allocated to cost of service revenue were $786 thousand in Q2-2015 and $894 thousand in Q2-2014, resulting in gross margin on services of 84% in Q2-2015 and 81% in Q2-2014.

YTD-2015 (six months) compared to YTD-2014 (six months)

Gross margin for YTD-2015 was $12.3 million or 73% of revenue compared to YTD-2014 of $11.9 million or 74%. The significant components of cost of revenue include:

 

    Material and freight costs for the Mediasite recorders. Costs for YTD-2015 Mediasite recorder hardware and other costs totaled $2.0 million, along with $138 thousand of freight costs, and $612 thousand of labor and allocated costs compared to YTD-2014 Mediasite recorder costs of $2.1 million for hardware and other costs, $136 thousand for freight and $546 thousand of labor and allocated costs. This resulted in gross margin on products of 61% for YTD-2015 compared to a gross margin of 60% for YTD-2014.

 

    Services costs. Staff wages and other costs allocated to cost of service revenue were $1.9 million in YTD-2015 and $1.4 million in YTD-2014, resulting in gross margin on services of 81% in YTD-2015 and 85% in YTD-2014.

 

30


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses include wages and commissions for sales, marketing and business development personnel, print advertising and various promotional expenses for our products. Timing of these costs may vary greatly depending on introduction of new products and services or entrance into new markets, or participation in major tradeshows.

Q2-2015 compared to Q2-2014

Selling and marketing expenses increased $253 thousand or 6% from $4.1 million in Q2-2014 to $4.3 million in Q2-2015. Major components of the change include:

 

    Increased salary, incentive compensation and benefits of $159 thousand due to increased headcount.

 

    Travel increased by $59 thousand due to additional international travel activity.

 

    Costs allocated from general and administrative increased by $148 thousand primarily as a result of higher stock compensation and depreciation expense.

 

    Selling and marketing expenses for MediaMission and MSKK accounted for $98 thousand and $565 thousand respectively, a decrease of $117 thousand from Q2-2014.

YTD-2015 (six months) compared to YTD-2014 (six months)

Selling and marketing expenses increased $1.3 million or 17% from $7.4 million in YTD-2014 to $8.7 million in YTD-2015. YTD increases in the major categories include:

 

    YTD-2015 salary, incentive compensation and benefits increased $304 thousand from YTD-2014 due to slightly higher staff levels.

 

    YTD-2015 costs allocated to selling and marketing increased by $257 thousand from YTD-2014 primarily due to higher stock compensation and depreciation expense.

 

    Selling and marketing expenses for MediaMission and MSKK accounted for $216 thousand and $1.3 million, respectively, an increase of $706 thousand as a result of the acquisitions.

We anticipate selling and marketing headcount to remain consistent throughout the remainder of the fiscal year.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses consist of personnel and related costs associated with the facilities, finance, legal, human resource and information technology departments, as well as other expenses not fully allocated to functional areas.

Q2-2015 compared to Q2-2014

G&A expenses decreased $208 thousand or 13% from the prior period from $1.6 million in Q2-2014 to $1.4 million in Q2-2015. Differences in the major categories include:

 

    Decrease in professional services of $380 thousand related to the Astute patent settlement.

 

    Increase in compensation and benefits of $170 thousand related to an increase in headcount.

 

    Increase in bad debt expense of $25 thousand.

 

    G&A expenses for MediaMission and MSKK accounted for $46 thousand and $207 thousand, respectively, a decrease of $100 thousand.

 

31


Table of Contents

YTD-2015 (six months) compared to YTD-2014 (six months)

G&A increased $225 thousand or 9% from $2.6 million in YTD-2014 to $2.8 million in YTD-2015. YTD increases in the major categories include:

 

    Increase in compensation and benefits of $346 thousand related to an increase in headcount.

 

    Decrease in professional services of $423 thousand related to the Astute patent settlement.

 

    Increase in bad debt expense of $44 thousand.

 

    G&A expenses for MediaMission and MSKK accounted for $106 thousand and $467 thousand, respectively, an increase of $194 thousand as a result of the acquisitions.

We anticipate general and administrative headcount to remain consistent throughout the remainder of the fiscal year.

Product Development Expenses

Product development expenses include salaries and wages of the software research and development staff and an allocation of benefits, facility and administrative expenses.

Q1-2015 compared to Q1-2014

Product development expenses increased $162 thousand, or 12% from $1.4 million in Q2-2014 to $1.5 million in Q2-2015. Differences in the major categories include:

 

    Increase in compensation and benefits of $63 thousand as a result of increased headcount.

 

    Increase in outsourced labor of $68 thousand.

 

    Costs allocated from general and administrative increased by $49 thousand primarily as a result of higher stock compensation and depreciation expense.

 

    Product development expense for MediaMission and MSKK accounted for $88 thousand and $11 thousand, respectively, a decrease of $33 thousand.

YTD-2015 (six months) compared to YTD-2014 (six months)

Product development expenses increased $448 thousand, or 17% from $2.6 million in YTD-2014 to $3.1 million in YTD-2015. YTD increases in the major categories include:

 

    Increase in compensation and benefits of $85 thousand as a result of increased headcount.

 

    Increase in outsourced labor of $139 thousand.

 

    Costs allocated from general and administrative increased by $118 thousand primarily as a result of higher stock compensation and depreciation expense.

 

    Product development expenses for MediaMission and MSKK accounted for $24 thousand and $199 thousand, respectively, an increase of $80 thousand resulting from the acquisitions.

We anticipate product development headcount to increase slightly during the remainder of the fiscal year. We do not anticipate that any fiscal 2015 software development efforts will qualify for capitalization.

Acquisition Costs

During fiscal 2014, the Company incurred acquisition costs related to acquiring MediaMission Holding B.V. in the Netherlands and Mediasite KK in Japan (acquired during the second quarter of fiscal 2014). These costs consisted of professional services incurred and incentive compensation earned totaling $490 thousand. There were no acquisition costs incurred in the first six months of fiscal 2015.

Patent Settlement

During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company completed a patent settlement agreement related to a dispute with Astute Technology in which the Company agreed to pay $1.1 million over a ten month period ending March 2015 for a license to use certain patents. The Company determined that $428 thousand of the license related to prior

 

32


Table of Contents

use and accordingly was recorded as a charge to income during fiscal 2014. The remaining $672 thousand was recorded as an asset, which is being amortized over the remaining life of the patents, through 2020. Future amounts due to Astute were accrued for as of the time of settlement.

Other Income and Expense, Net

The Company’s investment in Mediasite KK was accounted for under the equity method of accounting using a one quarter timing lag through December 31, 2013. On January 14, 2014, the Company’s ownership percentage increased from approximately 26% of their common stock to 100%. In connection with the acquisition, the one quarter lag in reporting their results was eliminated. Obtaining control of Mediasite KK also required a “step-up” in the recorded value of the Company’s previously owned interest in Mediasite KK to fair value. The gain amounted to approximately $1.4 million.

Other expense primarily consists of interest costs related to outstanding debt. Interest expense of $66 and $129 thousand was recognized in the three and six months ending March 31, 2015, respectively. Interest expense of $74 and $91 thousand was recognized in the three and six months ending March 31, 2014, respectively. The increase is due to additional borrowings with Silicon Valley Bank and the addition of the subordinated note payables related to the acquisitions. Other income is primarily interest income from overnight investment vehicles. In the three and six months ending March 31, 2015, a foreign currency gain of $33 and $212 thousand was also realized related to re-measurement of the subordinated notes payable related to the Company’s foreign subsidiaries.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On March 31, 2015 and September 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively. Of the $2.6 million aggregate cash and cash equivalents held by the Company, the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries was $2.1 million. Presently, it is our intention not to repatriate cash in foreign jurisdictions, as these funds will be used to support ongoing foreign operations and debt service payments resulting from our recent foreign business acquisitions.

Cash used in operating activities was $2.3 million in YTD-2015 compared to $1.2 million in YTD-2014, an increase of $1.1 million. Cash used in operating activities in YTD-2015 increased partly due to the negative impacts of working capital and other changes including a net loss of $2.4 million, a $526 thousand increase in inventory, a $868 thousand decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $191 thousand increase in prepaid expenses and negative effects of a $212 thousand remeasurement gain on subordinated debt. These were partially offset by the positive effects $538 thousand of stock based compensation, $783 thousand of depreciation expense, $331 thousand of amortization expense, a $157 thousand decrease in accounts receivable and a $78 thousand increase in unearned revenue. In YTD-2014, the negative impacts of working capital and other changes included a net loss of $1.6 million, a $916 thousand increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $1.4 million step-up gain on investment in Mediasite KK, a $2.1 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $229 thousand increase in inventory. These were partially offset by the positive effects of $475 thousand of stock based compensation, $603 thousand of depreciation expense, a $1.1 million increase in deferred taxes, a $1.2 million increase in unearned revenue and a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Cash used in investing activities was $465 thousand in YTD-2015 compared to cash provided by investing activities of $796 thousand in YTD-2014. In YTD-2015, the cash was used for purchases of property and equipment. In YTD-2014, $119 thousand was used related to the acquisition of MediaMission B.V., $1.3 million was provided by the acquisition of MSKK and $366 thousand was due to purchases of property and equipment.

Cash provided by financing activities was $1.2 million in YTD-2015 compared to $1.3 million in YTD-2014. Cash provided by financing activities in YTD-2015 was due primarily to $663 thousand of proceeds from the issuance of common stock and warrants, $8 thousand of proceeds from the exercise of common stock options as well as $5.9 million of proceeds from the line of credit and notes payable. These were partially offset by $5.3 million of cash used for payments on notes payable, the line of credit and capital leases. Cash provided by financing activities in YTD-2014 was due primarily to $2.0 million of proceeds from notes payable, $182 thousand of proceeds from the issuance of common stock and warrants, and $32 thousand of proceeds from the exercise of common stock options, partially offset by $795 thousand of cash used for payments on notes payable and capital leases.

 

33


Table of Contents

The Company believes its cash position plus available resources is adequate to accomplish its business plan through at least the next twelve months. We will likely evaluate operating and capital lease opportunities to finance equipment purchases in the future and anticipate utilizing the Company’s revolving line of credit to support working capital needs. We may also seek additional equity financing, or issue additional shares previously registered in our available shelf registration, although we currently have no plans to do so.

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. (the “Companies”) entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 27, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment, dated as of May 31, 2013, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment, dated as of January 10, 2014, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment, dated as of March 31, 2014 (the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, as amended by the First, Second and Third Amendments, collectively, the “Second Amended Agreement”). The Second Amended Agreement provides for a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of $3,000,000. Interest accrues on the revolving line of credit at the per annum rate of three quarters of one percent (0.75%) above the Prime Rate (as defined), provided that Sonic Foundry maintains an Adjusted Quick Ratio (as defined) of greater than 2.0 to 1.0, or one-and-one quarter percent (1.25%) above the Prime Rate, if Sonic Foundry does not maintain an Adjusted Quick Ratio of greater than 2.0 to 1.0. The Second Amended Agreement does not provide for a minimum interest rate on the revolving loan. The Second Amended Agreement provides for an advance rate on domestic receivables of 80%. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility is October 1, 2015. Under the Second Amended Agreement, a term loan was entered into on January 14, 2014 in the original principal amount of $2,500,000 which accrues interest at the per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate (as defined) plus two and one-quarter percent (which equated to an interest rate of 5.5%), and is to be repaid in 36 equal monthly principal payments. The Second Amended Agreement also requires Sonic Foundry to continue to comply with certain financial covenants, including covenants to maintain an Adjusted Quick Ratio (as defined) of at least 1.50 to 1.00 (except for each of the months ended February 28, 2014, April 30, 2014, May 31, 2014, July 31, 2014, August 31, 2014, October 31, 2014, and November 30, 2014, the minimum required Adjusted Quick ratio was reduced to 1:25 to 1:00), and a quarterly Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, the latter of which would be waived if certain funds were reserved against the availability under the revolving line of credit.

On January 27, 2015, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the Fourth Amendment: (i) the balance of the term loan payable to Silicon Valley of approximately $1,665,000 is repaid and replaced by a new term loan of $2,500,000 to be repaid in 36 equal principal payments, with interest at the Prime Rate (as defined) plus two and one quarter percent (5.5%), (ii) the limit of the revolving line of credit is increased from $3.0 million to $4.0 million and the maturity date is extended to January 31, 2017, (iii) the annual commitment fee on the revolving line of credit is increased from $20,000 to $26,667, and there is also payable a term loan commitment fee of $20,000 and an amendment fee of $5,000, (iv) the covenant that requires the Minimum Adjusted Quick ratio be at or greater than 1.25:1.0 on an intra-quarter basis and 1.5:1 at quarter end is reduced to 1.1:1 on an intra-quarter basis and 1.25:1 at quarter end, (v) the covenant that requires the Debt Service Coverage ratio to be at or greater than 1.25:1 is changed to include the change in deferred revenue in the numerator of the ratio, and the ratio is reduced to 1.0:1 for the quarters ending December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, to 1.25:1 for the quarter ending June 30, 2015 and to 1.5:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 and thereafter, (vi) the definition of Permitted Liens is amended to include no more than $800,000 in the aggregate amount of outstanding obligations for purchases of equipment, which is increased from the current limit of $400,000.

On May 13, 2015, the Companies entered into a Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment”), with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the Fifth Amendment: (i) interest will accrue on the revolving line of credit at the per annum rate of one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) above the Prime Rate; (ii) interest will accrue on the term loan at the per annum rate of two and three-quarters percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate; (iii) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant was eliminated and replaced by a Liquidity financial covenant, which requires, commencing with the monthly compliance period ended March 31, 2015, and thereafter, minimum Liquidity (as defined), tested with respect to Sonic Foundry only, of at least (x) 1:35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, and (y) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of a fiscal quarter; (iv) provides for an advance rate on foreign receivables of the lesser of (x) 75% of Eligible Foreign

 

34


Table of Contents

Accounts (as defined) or (y) $1,000,000; (v) allows for certain subordinated debt to be issued to Partners for Growth IV, L.P.; (vi) waives existing defaults under the Second Amended Agreement by virtue of the Company’s failure to comply with (x) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant for the compliance periods ended February 28, 2015 and March 31, 2015, and (y) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio financial covenant for the compliance period ended March 31, 2015; and (vii) the Debt Service Coverage ratio was reduced to 1.0:1 for the quarter ending June 30, 2015, to 1.25:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 and remains at 1.50:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter.

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $2.4 million was outstanding on the term loans with Silicon Valley Bank, with an effective interest rate of five-and-one half percent (5.5%), and a balance of $1.9 million was outstanding on the revolving line of credit. At September 30, 2014, a balance of $1.9 million was outstanding on the term loans with Silicon Valley Bank and no balance was outstanding on the revolving line of credit. At March 31, 2015, there was a total of $3.5 million available under the line of credit facility for advances. At March 31, 2015, the Company was, except as noted above, not in compliance with all covenants in the Second Amended Agreement, as amended. As noted above, Silicon Valley Bank subsequently waived the covenant violations.

On May 13, 2015, Sonic Foundry, Inc., entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) with Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“PFG”), (the “Loan and Security Agreement”).

The Loan and Security Agreement provides for a Term Loan in the amount of $2,000,000, which will be disbursed in two (2) Tranches as follows: Tranche 1 will be in the amount of $1,500,000 is expected to be disbursed, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, shortly after execution thereof; and Tranche 2 will be in the amount of $500,000, and can be disbursed at any time, at Sonic Foundry’s discretion, following disbursement of Tranche 1 and on or before December 31, 2015, so long as at no Default or Event of Default (as defined) shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each tranche of the Term Loan bears interest at 10.75% per annum. Tranche 1 of the Term Loan is payable interest only until November 30, 2015. Thereafter, principal is due in 30 equal monthly principal installments, plus accrued interest, beginning December 1, 2015 and continuing until May 1, 2018, when the principal balance is to be paid in full. Tranche 2 of the Term Loan is payable using the same repayment schedule as Tranche 1.

The principal of the Term Loan may be prepaid at any time, provided that Sonic Foundry pays to PFG a prepayment fee equal to 1% of the principal amount prepaid, if the prepayment occurs in the first year from disbursement of Tranche 1.

The Term Loan is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets, including intellectual property, subject to a first lien held by Silicon Valley Bank, The Term Loan requires compliance with the same financial covenants as set forth in the loan from Silicon Valley Bank.

Coincident with execution of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company entered into a Warrant Agreement (“Warrant”) with PFG. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, the Company issued to PFG a warrant to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $9.66 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Pursuant to the Warrant, PFG is also entitled, under certain conditions, to require the Company to exchange the Warrant for the sum of $200,000 (or $150,000, if the Company does not draw on Tranche 2 of the Term Loan).

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $86 thousand was outstanding on the notes payable to Mitsui Sumitomo Bank. At September 30, 2014 the outstanding balance on the notes was $170 thousand. At March 31, 2015, a balance of $327 thousand was outstanding on the line of credit with Mitsui Sumitomo Bank. The notes and credit facility are both related to Mediasite K.K., and both accrue interest at an annual rate of approximately one-and-one half percent (1.575%).

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $268 thousand was outstanding on the subordinated note payable related to the acquisition of MediaMission, with an annual interest rate of six-and-one half percent (6.5%). At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance was $628 thousand.

 

35


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2015, a balance of $0 was outstanding on the subordinated payable related to the acquisition of Mediasite KK after paying off the outstanding balance in January 2015. At September 30, 2014, the outstanding balance was $1.8 million.

The Company enters into unconditional purchase commitments on a regular basis for the supply of Mediasite product. At March 31, 2015, the Company has an obligation to purchase $1.2 million of Mediasite product, which is not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

 

36


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Derivative Financial Instruments

We are not party to any derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments for which the fair value disclosure would be required under FASB ASC 815-10. Our cash equivalents consist of overnight investments in money market funds that are carried at fair value. Accordingly, we believe that the market risk of such investments is minimal.

Interest Rate Risk

Our cash equivalents, which consist of overnight money market funds, are subject to interest rate fluctuations; however, we believe this risk is minimal due to the short-term nature of these investments.

At March 31, 2015, $4.3 million of the Company’s $4.9 million in outstanding debt is variable rate. We do not expect that an increase in the level of interest rates would have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. We monitor our positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of our financial transactions.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries in the Netherlands is the Euro and in Japan is the Japanese Yen. They are subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk. The subordinated notes payable are denominated in the local functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries. Any increase or decrease in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar compared to the Euro or Japanese Yen will impact our future operating results and financial position.

 

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on evaluations at March 31, 2015, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, with the participation of our management team, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d-15 (e) under the Securities Exchange Act) and determined that our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective. Disclosure controls and procedures ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that material information relating to the Company is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of March 31, 2015 as a result of a material weakness related to controls over the preparation of consolidated financial information.

In light of the material weakness described above, additional procedures were performed by our management to ensure that the condensed consolidated financial statements included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Changes in Internal Controls

The Company is in the process of making changes to its internal control over financial reporting (as referred to in Paragraph 4(b) of the Certifications of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer included as exhibits to this report) as it relates to the acquisitions that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

We reported two other material weaknesses during fiscal 2014. The first material weakness is in internal control over the financial reporting and monitoring of Mediasite KK (“MSKK”) which was identified in fiscal 2013. Our

 

37


Table of Contents

internal controls related to the capture of MSKK’s historical information, the accounting for our investment in MSKK based on that information, and the review of such accounting did not operate effectively and were not sufficient to ensure that our accounting was in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The second material weakness related to controls over the research and analysis of accounting for non-standard contract provisions. The company did not adequately assess some unique contract implications of one large contract with a customer during the second quarter of fiscal 2014. Both of these material weaknesses were remediated by the quarter ending December 31, 2014. We instituted certain controls and procedures to obtain the necessary information to properly consolidate the foreign operations and added additional resources to address any non-standard contract provisions. The controls and procedures allow the Company to obtain accurate financial information in a timely fashion which is in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles. The third quarter of fiscal 2014 also represented the first full quarter of operations of the foreign subsidiaries as part of consolidated operations. Over time, we have continued to gain an understanding of the laws and customs which we were previously unfamiliar with, overcome certain challenges with language barriers and time zone differences, and implement controls surrounding the consolidation of these foreign operations with our domestic operations.

Remediation

The aforementioned internal controls over financial reporting of our foreign operations have provided a framework to remediate the material weakness surrounding our consolidation process. We are currently reviewing our processes and controls and deploying our additional accounting resources to design and implement effective controls over our consolidation process. There can be no assurances that we have fully remediated the weaknesses in the controls over the foreign operations. However, we feel that our remediation efforts to establish processes and controls as well as adding additional resources to our accounting team made significant improvements to our processes and controls in an effort to address the aforementioned material weaknesses.

 

38


Table of Contents

PART II

OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

None.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There have been no material changes in our risk factors from those disclosed in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 filed with the SEC.

 

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

Silicon Valley Bank

On May 13, 2015, the Companies entered into a Fifth Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment”), with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the Fifth Amendment: (i) interest will accrue on the revolving line of credit at the per annum rate of one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) above the Prime Rate (as defined); (ii) interest will accrue on the term loan at the per annum rate of two and three-quarters percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate; (iii) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant was eliminated and replaced by a Liquidity financial covenant, which requires, commencing with the monthly compliance period ended March 31, 2015, and thereafter, minimum Liquidity (as defined), tested with respect to Sonic Foundry only, of at least (x) 1:35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, and (y) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of a fiscal quarter; (iv) provides for an advance rate on foreign receivables of the lesser of (x) 75% of Eligible Foreign Accounts (as defined) or (y) $1,000,000; (v) allows for certain subordinated debt to be issued to Partners for Growth IV, L.P.; (vi) waives existing defaults under the Second Amended Agreement by virtue of the Company’s failure to comply with (x) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant for the compliance periods ended February 28, 2015 and March 31, 2015, and (y) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio financial covenant for the compliance period ended March 31, 2015; and (vii) the Debt Service Coverage ratio was reduced to 1.0:1 for the quarter ending June 30, 2015, to 1.25:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 and remains at 1.50:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter.

Partners for Growth IV, L.P.

On May 13, 2015, Sonic Foundry, Inc., entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) with Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“PFG”), (the “Loan and Security Agreement”).

The Loan and Security Agreement provides for a Term Loan in the amount of $2,000,000, which will be disbursed in two (2) Tranches as follows: Tranche 1 will be in the amount of $1,500,000 is expected to be disbursed, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, shortly after execution thereof; and Tranche 2 will be in the amount of $500,000, and can be disbursed at any time, at Sonic Foundry’s discretion, following disbursement of Tranche 1 and on or before December 31, 2015, so long as at no Default or Event of Default (as defined) shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each tranche of the Term Loan bears interest at 10.75% per annum. Tranche 1 of the Term Loan is payable interest only until November 30, 2015. Thereafter, principal is due in 30 equal monthly principal installments, plus accrued interest, beginning December 1, 2015 and continuing until May 1, 2018, when the principal balance is to be paid in full. Tranche 2 of the Term Loan is payable using the same repayment schedule as Tranche 1.

The principal of the Term Loan may be prepaid at any time, provided that Sonic Foundry pays to PFG a prepayment fee equal to 1% of the principal amount prepaid, if the prepayment occurs in the first year from disbursement of Tranche 1.

The Term Loan is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets, including intellectual property, subject to a first lien held by Silicon Valley Bank, The Term Loan requires compliance with the same financial covenants as set forth in the loan from Silicon Valley Bank.

Coincident with execution of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company entered into a Warrant Agreement (“Warrant”) with PFG. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant, the Company issued to PFG a warrant to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $9.66 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Pursuant to the Warrant, PFG is also entitled, under certain conditions, to require the Company to exchange the Warrant for the sum of $200,000 (or $150,000, if the Company does not draw on Tranche 2 of the Term Loan).

 

39


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

 

 

NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

    3.1    Articles of Amendment of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 16, 2009, Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective January 26, 1998, and Articles of Amendment, effective April 9, 2000, filed as Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009, and hereby incorporated by reference.
    3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant, filed as Exhibit No. 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 11, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.1*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Registrant and Gary Weis dated as of September 30, 2011, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 4, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.2*    Registrant’s Amended 1999 Non-Qualified Plan, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-8 on December 21, 2001, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.3    Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated May 2, 2007, between Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K on May 7, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.4    Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated May 2, 2007, between Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K on May 7, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.5*    Employment Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Kenneth A. Minor, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.6*    Employment Agreement dated August 4, 2008 between Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Robert M. Lipps, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on August 6, 2008, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.7*    Registrant’s 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit No. 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 on September 8, 2000, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.8*    Registrant’s 2008 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.9*    Registrant’s 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan filed as Exhibit C to Form 14A filed on January 28, 2008, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.10*    Registrant’s 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.11    Lease Agreement between Registrant, as tenant, and West Washington Associates, LLC as landlord, dated June 28, 2011, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.12    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated June 27, 2011 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference.

 

40


Table of Contents

NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

  10.13    Consent and Modification No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement entered into as of June 28, 2011, among Partners for Growth II, L.P., Registrant and Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.14    First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2013 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.15    Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated January 10, 2014 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.16    Form of Subordinated Note dated January 14, 2014 from Registrant to each seller of Mediasite KK stock, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.17    Stock Purchase Agreement dated January 6, 2014 between the Registrant and the shareholders of Mediasite KK, Shuichi Murakami, as Seller Representative, and Mediasite KK filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.18*    Employment Agreement dated March 21, 2014 between Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Kenneth A. Minor, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.19*    Employment Agreement dated March 21, 2014 between Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Robert M. Lipps, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.20    Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated March 24, 2014 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2014, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.21    Forms of Subscription Agreements, Lock-Up Agreements and Warrant Agreements dated December 22, 2014 among Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Mark Burish, and Sonic Foundry, Inc. and Andrew Burish, filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2014 and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.22    Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated January 27, 2015 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2015, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.23    Lease Agreement between Mediasite KK, as tenant, and Ollie Company as landlord, dated September 1, 2011, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2015, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.24    Lease Agreement between Mediasite KK, as tenant, and DSM Realty Company as landlord, dated September 1, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the form 10-Q on February 6, 2015, and hereby incorporated by reference.
  10.25    Lease Agreement between Media Mission, as tenant, and Prinsen Geerligs as landlord, dated February 1, 2014, filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the form 10-Q on February 6, 2015, and hereby incorporated by reference.

 

41


Table of Contents

NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

  10.26    Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 13, 2015 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, filed herewith.
  10.27    Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 13, 2015 among Registrant, Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc. and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., filed herewith.
  10.28    Warrant, dated as of May 13, 2015, between Registrant and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., filed herewith.
  10.29    Warrant, dated as of May 13, 2015, between Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, filed herewith.
  10.30    Warrant, dated as of May 13, 2015, between Registrant and PFG Equity Investors, LLC, filed herewith.
  10.31    Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2015, between Registrant and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., filed herewith.
  31.1    Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  31.2    Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
  32    Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
101    The following materials from the Sonic Foundry, Inc. Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Registrant will furnish upon request to the Securities and Exchange Commission a copy of all exhibits, annexes and schedules attached to each contract referenced in item 10.

 

* Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

 

42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

Sonic Foundry, Inc.
(Registrant)
May 14, 2015 By: 

/s/ Gary R. Weis

Gary R. Weis
Chief Executive Officer
May 14, 2015 By: 

/s/ Kenneth A. Minor

Kenneth A. Minor
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

43

Exhibit 10.26

FIFTH AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this 13 th day of May, 2015 (the “ Fifth Amendment Effective Date ”), by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”), SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. , Maryland corporation (“ Sonic Foundry ”), and SONIC FOUNDRY MEDIA SYSTEMS, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Sonic Systems ” and together with Sonic Foundry, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, the “ Borrower ”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2011, as amended by that certain First Amendment, dated as of May 31, 2013, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment, dated as of January 10, 2014, as further amended by that certain Third Amendment, dated as of March 24, 2014 and as further amended by that certain Fourth Amendment, dated as of January 27, 2015 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) add a new term loan facility; (ii) revise the financial covenants and (iii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions of, and in reliance upon, the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.3(a) (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions) . Section 2.3(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus one and one-quarter of one percent (1.25%), which interest shall be payable monthly, in arrears, in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(ii) Term Loan 2015 . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan 2015 shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of the Prime Rate plus two and three-quarters percent (2.75%), which interest shall be payable monthly, in arrears in accordance with Section 2.1.8(b).”

 

1


2.2 Section 6.9(a) (Financial Covenants) . Sections 6.9(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Liquidity . Commencing with the monthly compliance period ended March 31, 2015 and thereafter, minimum Liquidity, tested with respect to Borrower only, of at least (i) 1.35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter; and (ii) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of any fiscal quarter.”

2.3 Section 6.9(b) (Financial Covenants) . Section 6.9(b) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Commencing with the quarterly compliance period ended December 31, 2014 and thereafter, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, on a trailing twelve (12) month basis ending as of the date of measurement, maintain a ratio of (x) (i) EBITDA plus (ii) up to Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000) of transaction expenses actually incurred during such measurement period by Borrower in connection with the Media Acquisitions, plus (iii) up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of expenses actually incurred during such measurement period by Borrower in connection with the Astute Settlement, plus (iv) the net change in Deferred Revenue during such measurement period, plus (v) up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) of severance expenses actually incurred by Borrower during the measurement period; divided by (y) Debt Service, of at least the following for the quarterly periods indicated below:

 

Quarterly Periods Ending   

Minimum Debt Service

Coverage Ratio

 

December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015

     1.00:1.00   

September 30, 2015

     1.25:1.00   

December 31, 2015, and each quarterly period ending thereafter

     1.50:1.00”   

 

2


2.4 Section 13.1 (Definitions – “Permitted Liens”) . Clause (a) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” set forth in Section 13.1 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) (i) Liens existing on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) Liens securing the PfG Subordinated Debt;”

2.5 Section 13.1 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Borrowing Base ” is (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of (i) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Foreign Accounts or (ii) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); provided , however , that Bank may decrease the foregoing amount and/or percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect the Collateral.

Eligible Foreign Accounts ” are Accounts for which the Account Debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States but are otherwise Eligible Accounts that are owing from (i) Content Bank (Australia), (ii) any Account Debtor with a principal place of business in any country that is a member of the European Union and (iii) Visionaire (UAE).

IP Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, as may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time.

2.6 Section 13.1 (Definitions) . The following new terms and their respective definitions are hereby inserted in Section 13.1, each in its applicable alphabetical order:

Fifth Amendment Effective Date ” is May [    ], 2015.

Liquidity ” is, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of (i) Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank plus (ii) net billed accounts receivable; divided by (b) all outstanding Obligations of Borrower owed to Bank as of such date.

2.7 PfG Subordinated Debt ” is all Indebtedness of Borrower owed to Partners for Growth II, L.P., which shall at all times be subject to a subordination agreement in favor of Bank.

2.8 Section 13.1 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions are hereby deleted in their entirety from Section 13.1:

Adjusted Quick Ratio ” is Borrower’s (x) (i) unrestricted cash at Bank plus (ii) net billed accounts receivable; divided by (y) (i) Current Liabilities minus (ii) the current portion of Subordinated Debt (to the extent included in the definition of Current Liabilities) minus (iii) current portion of Deferred Revenue.

 

3


Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus , without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.

2.9 Compliance Certificate . The Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit A attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Waivers. Bank hereby waives Borrower’s existing defaults under the Loan Agreement by virtue of Borrower’s failure to comply with (i) the minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant contained in former Section 6.9(a) thereof for the compliance periods ended February 28, 2015 and March 31, 2015; and (ii) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio financial covenant contained in Section 6.9(b) thereof for the compliance period ended March 31, 2015. Bank’s waiver of Borrower’s compliance of said financial covenants shall apply only to such dates of non-compliance which occurred prior to the date hereof. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that except as specifically provided herein, nothing in this Section or anywhere in this Amendment shall be deemed or otherwise construed as a waiver by Bank of any of its rights and remedies pursuant to the Loan Documents, applicable law or otherwise.

5. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

5.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4


5.3 The organizational documents of Borrower previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect, or updated copies have otherwise been delivered to Bank in connection with the execution of this Amendment;

5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

6. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

7. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5


9. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) updated Secretary’s Corporate Borrowing Certificates for each Borrower (with updated attachments, if necessary), (c) Certificates of Good Standing and Foreign Qualification, as applicable, (d) the updated Perfection Certificate, (e) the IP Agreement, together with Intellectual Property search results acceptable to Bank, in its reasonable discretion, (e) payment by Borrower of a non-refundable amendment fee equal to Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), which amendment fee shall be fully-earned as of the date hereof, and (f) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the existing Loan Documents and this Amendment.

10. Post-Closing Matters . (i) On or before June 16, 2015, Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully earned, non-refundable Revolving Line anniversary fee in an amount equal to Twenty Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Seven Dollars ($26,667); and (ii) on or before June 16, 2016, Borrower shall pay to Bank an additional fully earned, non-refundable Revolving Line anniversary fee in an amount equal to Twenty Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Seven Dollars ($26,667).

[Signature page follows.]

 

6


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By

/s/ Cindy Schatz

Name:

Cindy Schatz

Title:

Head of Structured Products

BORROWER
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.
By

/s/ Ken Minor

Name:

Ken Minor

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

SONIC FOUNDRY MEDIA SYSTEMS, INC.
By

/s/ Ken Minor

Name:

Ken Minor

Title:

Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit A to Fifth Amendment

EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                    
FROM:    SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.   
   SONIC FOUNDRY MEDIA SYSTEMS, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. and SONIC FOUNDRY MEDIA SYSTEMS, INC. (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

 
Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days      Yes    No   
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 120 days      Yes    No   
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC      Yes    No   
A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 15 days      Yes    No   
Transaction Reports    Monthly within 15 days and with each request for a Credit Extension      Yes    No   
Projections    Within fifteen (15) following approval by the Borrower’s board of directors, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, and as amended and/or updated      Yes    No   


The following Intellectual Property was registered after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)

 

 

Financial Covenant

   Required      Actual      Complies

Maintain as indicated:

        

Minimum Liquidity (monthly)

     [1.35][1.50]:1.00             :1.0       Yes    No

Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio (quarterly)

                   :1.0       Yes    No

Maximum Subsidiary Indebtedness (at all times)

   <$ 500,000       $                    Yes    No

 

* See Section 6.9(b)

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.     BANK USE ONLY
SONIC FOUNDRY MEDIA SYSTEMS, INC.      
      Received by:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:  

 

    Date:  

 

Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

    Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:   Yes    No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I. Liquidity (Section 6.9(a))

Required: Commencing with the monthly compliance period ended March 31, 2015 and thereafter, maintain minimum Liquidity, tested with respect to Borrower only, of at least (i) 1.35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter; and (ii) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of any fiscal quarter.

Actual:

 

A. Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank $            
B. Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower $            
C. Quick Assets (the sum of lines A plus B) $            
D. Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank $            
J. LIQUIDITY (line C divided by line D), expressed as a ratio     :1.00

Is line J equal to or greater than    :1:00?

 

        No, not in compliance         Yes, in compliance


II. Debt Service Coverage Ratio (Section 6.9(b))

Required: Commencing with the quarterly compliance period ended December 31, 2014 and thereafter, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, on a trailing twelve (12) month basis ending as of the date of measurement, maintain a ratio of (x) (i) EBITDA plus (ii) up to Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000) of transaction expenses actually incurred during such measurement period by Borrower in connection with the Media Acquisitions, plus (iii) up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of expenses actually incurred during such measurement period by Borrower in connection with the Astute Settlement, plus (iv) the net change in Deferred Revenue during such measurement period, plus (v) up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) of severance expenses actually incurred by Borrower during the measurement period; divided by (y) Debt Service, of at least the following for the quarterly periods indicated below:

 

Quarterly Periods Ending    Minimum Debt Service
Coverage Ratio
 

December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015

     1.00:1.00   

September 30, 2015

     1.25:1.00   

December 31, 2015, and each quarterly period ending thereafter

     1.50:1.00   

Actual: All amounts measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis

 

A.    EBITDA    $            
B.    Up to Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000) of transaction expenses actually incurred by Borrower in connection with the Media Acquisitions    $            
C.    Up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of expenses actually incurred during such measurement period by Borrower in connection with the Astute Settlement    $            
D.    up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) of severance expenses actually incurred by Borrower during the measurement period    $            
E.    The net change in Deferred Revenue    $            


F. all regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest of Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Earnout Payments, determined on a consolidated basis, due within the trailing twelve (12) month period ended as of such date of measurement. $            
G. Debt Service Coverage Ratio ((i) the sum of lines A through E; divided by (ii)_line F)     :1.00

Is line G equal to or greater than     :1.00?

 

        No, not in compliance.         Yes, in compliance.

Exhibit 10.27

Partners for Growth

Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrower: Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Address: 222 W. Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703
Date: May 13, 2015

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into on the above date (the “Effective Date”) between PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P. (“PFG”), whose address is 150 Pacific Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94111 and Borrower(s) named above (jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), whose chief executive office is located at the above address (“Borrower’s Address”). The Schedule to this Agreement (the “Schedule”) being signed by the parties concurrently, is an integral part of this Agreement. (Definitions of certain terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Section 7 below.)

 

1. LOANS.

1.1 Loans. PFG will make loans to Borrower (the “Loan” or “Loans”) in the amount (s) shown on the Schedule subject at all times to, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Default or Event of Default having occurred and being continuing at any time a Loan is requested or made.

1.2 Interest. All Loans and all other monetary Obligations shall bear interest at the rate shown on the Schedule, except where expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement. Interest shall be payable monthly, on the first day of each month for interest accrued during the prior month.

1.3 Fees. Borrower shall pay PFG the fees shown on the Schedule, which are in addition to all interest Lender Expenses and other sums payable to PFG and are not refundable.

1.4 Loan Requests. To obtain a Loan, Borrower shall make a Qualifying Request to PFG compliant with Section 8.5. Loan Requests are not deemed made until PFG acknowledges receipt of the same by electronic mail or otherwise in writing. Borrower appoints the Responsible Officer(s) as its authorized agent to make Loan Requests and any Loan Request made by such Responsible Officer(s) shall be binding on Borrower as if made by its own officers who are duly authorized to bind Borrower in respect of this Agreement. PFG’s obligation to fund a Loan Request shall be subject to its receipt of such reports, certificates and other information as may be set forth in the Schedule. Loan Requests received after 12:00 Noon Pacific time will not be deemed to have been received by PFG until the next Business Day. PFG may rely on any Loan Request given by a person whom PFG believes in good faith is a Responsible Officer, and Borrower will indemnify PFG for any loss PFG suffers as a result of that reliance.

1.5 Late Fee. If any payment of accrued interest for any month is not made within three business days after the later of the date a bill therefor is sent by PFG or three business days after the due date therefor, or if any payment of principal or any other payment is not made within three Business Days after the date due, then Borrower shall pay PFG a late payment fee equal to 5% of the amount of each such late payment. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as PFG’s consent to Borrower’s failure to pay any amounts when due, and PFG’s acceptance of any such late payments shall not restrict PFG’s exercise of any remedies arising out of any such failure. Unless expressly waived in writing by PFG in its sole discretion, interest at the Default Rate shall commence to apply to outstanding monetary Obligations as from the date the above grace periods expire.

 

2. SECURITY INTEREST.

2.1 Grant of Security Interest. To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations when due, Borrower hereby grants to PFG a continuing security interest in, and pledges to PFG, all of the following (collectively, the “Collateral”): all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to all of the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located: all Accounts; all Inventory; all Equipment; all Deposit Accounts; all General Intangibles (including without limitation all Intellectual Property); all Investment Property; all Other Property (including all equity interests owned in US domestic Subsidiaries and 65% of all equity interests in all non-U.S. domiciled Subsidiaries); and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above, and all guaranties and security for any of the above, and all substitutions and replacements for, additions, accessions, attachments, accessories, and improvements to, and proceeds (including proceeds of any insurance policies, proceeds of proceeds and claims against third parties) of, any and all of the above and all Borrower’s books relating to any and all of the above.

 

-1-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER.

In order to induce PFG to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to PFG as follows, and Borrower covenants that the following representations will continue to be true, except for representations expressly specified to be made as of a particular date, and that Borrower will at all times comply with all of the following covenants, throughout the term of this Agreement and thereafter until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been paid and performed in full:

3.1 Corporate Existence, Authority and Consents. Borrower is and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required for Borrower to lawfully conduct its business as conducted on the Effective Date. Borrower shall give PFG 30 days’ prior written notice before changing its jurisdiction or form of organization. Borrower is and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so could result in an adverse effect on Borrower or its business or result in a monetary or non-monetary obligation with a value in excess of $100,000. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iii) do not violate Borrower’s Constitutional Documents, or any Legal Requirement or any material agreement or instrument of Borrower or relating to its property, (iv) does not require any action by, filing, registration or qualification with, or Governmental Authorization from, any Governmental Body (except such Governmental Authorizations which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), and (v) do not constitute grounds for acceleration of any material Indebtedness or obligation under any agreement or instrument of Borrower or relating to its property. Without limiting the foregoing: (A) the Board has the authority under Borrower’s Constitutional Documents to enter into and cause Borrower to perform, or to delegate such authority to a Responsible Officer to enter into and cause Borrower to perform, its Obligations, and (B) no consent is required of any Person to make the representation set forth in clause (A) absolutely true in all respects.

3.2 Name; Trade Names and Styles. As of the Effective Date, the name of Borrower set forth in the heading to this Agreement is its correct name, as set forth in its Constitutional Documents. Listed in the Representations are all prior names of Borrower and all of Borrower’s present and prior trade names as of the Effective Date. Borrower shall give PFG 30 days’ prior written notice before changing its name or doing business under any other name. Borrower has complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all laws relating to the conduct of business under a fictitious business name, if applicable to Borrower.

3.3 Place of Business; Location of Collateral. As of the Effective Date, the address set forth in the heading to this Agreement is Borrower’s chief executive office. In addition, as of the Effective Date, Borrower has places of business and Collateral is located only at the locations set forth in the Representations. Borrower will give PFG at least 30 days prior written notice before opening any additional place of business, changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Collateral valued at greater than $100,000 to a location other than Borrower’s Address or one of the locations set forth in the Representations, except that Borrower may maintain sales offices in the ordinary course of business at which not more than a total of $10,000 fair market value of Equipment is located.

3.4 Title to Collateral; Perfection; Permitted Liens.

(a) Borrower is as of the Effective Date, and will at all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for Collateral which is leased or licensed to Borrower. The Collateral is as of the Effective Date and will remain free and clear of any and all liens, charges, security interests, encumbrances and adverse claims, except for Permitted Liens. As of the Effective Date, PFG will have, and will continue to have, a First-Priority perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens, and Borrower will at all times defend PFG and the Collateral against all claims of others.

(b) Borrower has set forth in the Representations all of Borrower’s Collateral Accounts as of the Effective Date, and Borrower shall (i) give PFG five Business Days advance written notice before establishing any new Collateral Accounts or (ii) depositing any Cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Property into any new Collateral Account and (iii) shall cause the institution where any such new Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver to PFG a Control Agreement in form sufficient to perfect PFG’s security interest in the Collateral Account and otherwise satisfactory to PFG in its good faith business judgment.

 

-2-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

(c) In the event that Borrower shall at any time after the Effective Date have any commercial tort claims against others, which it is asserting, and in which the potential recovery exceeds $100,000, Borrower shall promptly notify PFG thereof in writing and provide PFG with such information regarding the same as PFG shall request (unless providing such information would waive Borrower’s attorney-client privilege). Such notification to PFG shall constitute a grant of a security interest in the commercial tort claim and all proceeds thereof to PFG, and Borrower shall execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as PFG shall request in connection therewith.

(d) No Collateral with a value in excess of $100,000 is affixed to any real property in such a manner or with such intent as to become a fixture, except as disclosed in detail in Exhibit A . From and after the Effective Date, without PFG’s consent in each instance, no material part of the Collateral will be affixed to any real property in such a manner, or with such intent, as to become a fixture. Borrower is not, except as set forth in Exhibit A , and will not become a lessee under any real property lease pursuant to which the lessor may obtain any rights in any of the Collateral and no such lease now prohibits, restrains, impairs or will prohibit, restrain or impair Borrower’s right to remove any Collateral from the leased premises. Whenever any Collateral is located upon premises in which any third party has an interest, Borrower shall, whenever requested by PFG, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such third party to execute and deliver to PFG, in form acceptable to PFG, such waivers and subordinations as PFG shall specify in its good faith business judgment. Borrower will keep in full force and effect, and will comply with all material terms of, any lease of real property where any of the Collateral now or in the future may be located.

(e) Except as specified in the Representations, Borrower is not party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

3.5 Maintenance of Collateral. Borrower will maintain the Collateral in good working condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and Borrower will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose. Borrower will immediately advise PFG in writing of any material loss or damage to the Collateral.

3.6 Books and Records. Borrower has maintained and will maintain at Borrower’s Address complete and accurate books and records, comprising an accounting system in accordance with GAAP.

3.7 Financial Condition, Statements and Reports. All Financial Statements now or in the future delivered to PFG have been, and will be, prepared in conformity with GAAP and now and in the future will fairly present the results of operations and financial condition of Borrower in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, at the times and for the periods therein stated. Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to PFG and the Effective Date, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

3.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed, and will timely file, all required Tax Returns, and Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay, all Taxes now or in the future owed by Borrower. Borrower may, however, defer payment of any of the foregoing which are contested by Borrower in good faith, provided that Borrower (i) contests the same by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notifies PFG in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (iii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to keep the same from becoming a lien upon any of the Collateral. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional Taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Body.

3.9 Compliance with Law. Borrower has, to the best of its knowledge, complied, and will comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all Legal Requirements applicable to Borrower, including, but not limited to, those relating to Borrower’s ownership of real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of Borrower’s business, and all environmental matters.

3.10 Litigation. There is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or (to best of Borrower’s Knowledge) threatened against or affecting Borrower in any court or before any Governmental Body (or any basis therefor known to Borrower) (i) involving individually or in the aggregate more than $50,000, or (ii) which could reasonably be expected to result, either separately or in the aggregate, in any Material Adverse Change. Borrower will promptly inform PFG in writing of any claim, proceeding, litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted against Borrower involving any single claim of $50,000 or more, or involving $100,000 or more in the aggregate.

3.11 Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely for lawful business purposes, including any purposes detailed in the Schedule. Borrower is not purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock.”

 

-3-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

3.12 No Default. At the Effective Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred, and no Default or Event of Default will have occurred after giving effect to any Loans being made concurrently herewith.

3.13 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights . Borrower owns or otherwise holds the right to use all Intellectual Property rights material to Borrower’s business or necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and reflected in any Borrower’s financial plans covering future periods. Borrower shall: (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property, other than Intellectual Property that is not material to Borrower’s business, has a fair value of less than $25,000 and that Borrower has affirmatively determined not to maintain or to abandon; (b) promptly advise PFG in writing of infringements of its Intellectual Property material to its business; (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without PFG’s written consent, (d) provide (i) written notice to PFG at least ten (10) days prior to entering into or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and licenses or agreements of Borrower with customers in which Borrower is an original equipment manufacturer), and (ii) the consent or waiver of any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (A) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for PFG to have a Lien in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (B) PFG to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with PFG’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (e) while any Obligations are Outstanding, shall not Transfer any Intellectual Property without PFG’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Transfer of such Intellectual Property would not give rise to such a Default or Event of Default, and if such Intellectual Property meets the three criteria set forth as the exceptions to Borrower’s duties to protect, defend and maintain under clause (a), above. If, before the Obligations have been paid and/or performed in full, Borrower shall (i) adopt, use, acquire or apply for registration of any trademark, service mark or trade name, (ii) apply for registration of any patent or obtain any patent or patent application; (iii) create or acquire any published or material unpublished works of authorship material to the business that is or is to be registered with the U.S. Copyright Office or any non-U.S. equivalent; or (iv) register or acquire any domain name or domain name rights, then the provisions of Section 2.1 shall automatically apply thereto, and Borrower shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to give PFG advance written notice thereof and in any event shall thereafter give PFG prompt written notice thereof (which for purposes hereof shall be deemed to be not more than five (5) Business Days from the occurrence of each and any of the foregoing). Borrower shall further provide PFG with all information and details relating to the foregoing and take such further actions as PFG may reasonably request from time to time to enable PFG to perfect or continue the perfection of PFG’s interest in such Collateral.

3.14 Domain Rights and Related Matters . Borrower (a) is the sole record, legal and beneficial owner of all domain names and domain name rights used in connection with its business and that of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of any rights or claims of any third party; (b) has set forth in the Representations with respect to domain names and ownership thereof, domain registry, domain servers, location and administrative contact information, web hosting and related services and facilities (collectively, “Domain Rights”) is true, accurate and complete and Borrower shall promptly notify PFG of any material changes to such information; (c) shall maintain all Domain Rights that Borrower has not affirmatively determined to abandon in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding; (d) shall, upon request of PFG, notify such third parties (including domain registrars, hosting companies and internet service providers) of PFG’s security interest in Borrower’s Domain Rights; and (e) shall promptly advise PFG in writing of any material disputes or infringements of its Domain Rights. The obligations of Borrower under this Section shall not be limited by any Borrower obligations under the IP Security Agreement and related Collateral Agreements and Notices executed in connection with this Agreement.

3.15 Dormant Subsidiary . The Dormant Subsidiary (a) does not own assets or property of any kind (including any assets or property that would constitute Collateral if the Dormant Subsidiary were a Borrower) with an aggregate value among all such assets and property greater than $10,000; (b) does not actively conduct any business; (c) has no Collateral Accounts in its name; and (d) has no outstanding business obligations to any Person (including any Indebtedness).

 

4. ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF BORROWER.

Borrower will at all times comply with all of the following covenants throughout the term of this Agreement:

4.1 Financial and Other Covenants. Borrower shall at all times comply with the financial and other covenants set forth in the Schedule.

4.2. Remittance of Proceeds. Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral shall be delivered, in kind, by Borrower to PFG in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than

 

-4-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations in such order as PFG shall determine; provided that, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to PFG (i) the proceeds of Accounts arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) the proceeds of the sale of surplus, worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral (other than those described in subclauses (i) and (ii) above) with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for PFG, except as set forth above, and subject to the rights of the Senior Lender. PFG may, in its good faith business judgment, require that all proceeds of Collateral be deposited by Borrower into a Lock-Box account, or such other “blocked account” as PFG may specify, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as PFG may specify in its good faith business judgment. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

4.3 Insurance. Borrower shall at all times insure all of the tangible personal property Collateral and carry such other business insurance, with insurers reasonably acceptable to PFG, in such form and amounts as PFG may reasonably require and as are customary and in accordance with standard practices for Borrower’s industry and locations, and Borrower shall provide evidence of such insurance to PFG. All such insurance policies shall name PFG as an additional loss payee, and shall contain a lenders loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to PFG. Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender, PFG shall apply such proceeds in reduction of the Obligations as PFG shall determine in its good faith business judgment, except that, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, PFG shall release to Borrower insurance proceeds with respect to Collateral totaling less than $100,000, which shall be utilized by Borrower for the replacement of the Collateral with respect to which the insurance proceeds were paid. PFG may require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds so released will be so used. If Borrower fails to provide or pay for any insurance, PFG may, but is not obligated to, obtain the same at Borrower’s expense. Borrower shall promptly deliver to PFG copies of all material reports made to insurance companies.

4.4 Reports. Borrower, at its expense, shall provide PFG with the written reports set forth in the Schedule, and such other written reports with respect to Borrower (including budgets, projections, operating plans and other financial documentation), as PFG shall from time to time specify in its good faith business judgment.

4.5 Access to Collateral, Books and Records; Additional Reporting and Notices. At reasonable times, and on three (3) Business Days” notice, PFG, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral, and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s books and records. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent PFG’s then current standard charge for the same), plus Lender Expenses, provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing and no prior inspection or audit has revealed material deficiencies or inaccuracies in Borrower’s books and records, only one such inspection and audit shall be at Borrower’s expense during any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be required to disclose to PFG any document or information (i) where disclosure is prohibited by applicable law, or (ii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product. If Borrower is withholding any information under the preceding sentence, it shall so advise PFG in writing, giving PFG a general description of the nature of the information withheld. Without limiting the scope of reporting under Section 6 of the Schedule, Borrower shall promptly disclose to PFG any efforts to sell Borrower, its business or assets or any material part thereof or to refinance the Loan and shall disclose the salient details of any offers received from time to time in respect of the foregoing. At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (whether or not PFG has agreed to forbear), PFG shall be entitled (i) to be briefed as to such matters as PFG may require in its business discretion, (ii) to receive advance notice of any and all Board meetings or written consents, and (iii) to observe any such Board meetings, other than any executive session thereof, whether or not formally constituted as such.

4.6 Negative Covenants. Except as may be permitted in the Schedule, Borrower shall not, without PFG’s prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its good faith business judgment and shall be conditioned on Borrower then being in compliance with the terms of this Agreement), do any of the following:

(i) permit or suffer any Change in Control;

(ii) acquire any assets, except in the ordinary course of business, or make any Investments other than Permitted Investments;

(iii) enter into any transaction outside the ordinary course of business with a value in excess of $50,000 (which non-ordinary course transactions shall include mergers, amalgamations, consolidations in respect of any Borrower or other Group Member), provided that with not less than thirty (30) days’ notice to PFG, one Borrower may merge with another Borrower and a Non-Borrower Subsidiary may merge with a Borrower or another Non-Borrower Subsidiary;

 

-5-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

(iii) Transfer any part of its business or property, except for (A) the sale of finished Inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (B) the sale of obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, (C) the making of Permitted Investments, and (D) the granting of Permitted Liens; and, for the avoidance of any doubt, a Transfer of business or property, as contemplated above, would include (1) Borrower or any Subsidiary making or causing any payment to be made on Subordinated Debt unless expressly permitted under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor or other agreement to which the Subordinated Debt is subject (and, if permitted in this Agreement, only to the extent permitted), and (2) other than with the express consent of PFG in its sole business discretion, the amendment or modification of any such subordination, intercreditor or other agreement to provide for earlier or greater principal, interest or other payments thereon or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to PFG;

(iv) store any Inventory or other Collateral with any warehouseman or other third party with an aggregate value (per location) of $100,000 or greater, unless there is in place a bailee agreement in such form as PFG shall specify in its good faith business judgment between PFG and such warehouseman or other third party;

(v) sell any Inventory on a sale-or-return, guaranteed sale, consignment, or other contingent basis;

(vi) make any loans of any money or other assets, other than Permitted Investments (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes any Investment in the Dormant Subsidiary);

(vi) incur or permit to exist any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness;

(viii) guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or entity;

(ix) pay or declare any Dividends (except for dividends payable solely in stock of Borrower);

(x) redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of Borrower’s equity, except (A) as required in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice in connection with redeeming or purchasing equity of departing employees, up to a maximum aggregate of $100,000 in any fiscal year, and (B) cashless acquisitions of stock in connection with exercise of employee stock options in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consistent with past practice;

(xi) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto;

(xii) after the date hereof cause or permit any Non-Borrower Subsidiary to hold an average monthly balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents with institutions or otherwise of more than 125% of the amounts held, respectively, on the Effective Date, without providing prompt notice to PFG;

(xiii) make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to PFG;

(xiv) (A) without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to PFG: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than $10,000 in Borrower’s assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization; or (6) form any new Subsidiaries, and in each case, subject to (A) Borrower’s and such Subsidiary(ies) compliance with Section 4.9 hereof, (B) such Subsidiary(ies) compliance with Section 4.10, and (C) such Subsidiary(ies) compliance with Section 8(b) of the Schedule; or (B) fail to provide notice to PFG of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be actively in the employ of Borrower within the earlier to occur of Knowledge thereof and five (5) days after such Key Person’s departure from Borrower;

(xv) cause or permit all Subsidiary Indebtedness to exceed $700,000 at any time;

(xvi) liquidate or dissolve, or elect or resolve to liquidate or dissolve;

(xvii) cause or permit any of the actions or events described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), (viii) (xi) or (xvi) in respect of its Subsidiaries (on an “as if applied to Subsidiary” basis); or

(xviii) the Board shall permit or shall resolve to or approve, or Borrower shall otherwise take any steps to effect, any of the foregoing actions in clauses (i) through (xvii), inclusive, which are not otherwise expressly permitted herein.

Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only permitted if no Default or Event of Default would occur as a result of such transaction.

 

-6-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

4.7 Litigation Cooperation. Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or instituted or threatened in writing against PFG with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower, Borrower shall, without expense to PFG, make available Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that PFG may deem them reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

4.8 Changes. Borrower agrees to promptly notify PFG in writing of any changes in the information set forth in the Representations.

4.9 Further Assurances. Borrower agrees, at its expense, on reasonable request by PFG, to execute all documents and take all actions, as PFG, may, in its good faith business judgment, deem necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain PFG’s perfected First-Priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens), and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation, the joinder of any New Subsidiaries to this Agreement and execution of such other agreements and instruments as PFG reasonably request, including execution of a cross-corporate continuing guaranty among Borrowers and Non-Borrower Subsidiaries. In addition, Borrower shall Deliver to PFG, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Body regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Authorizations or Legal Requirements or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Authorizations or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.10 Collateral Accounts . Subject to Section 8(b) of the Schedule: (a) At all times thereafter, maintain all of its Collateral Accounts depositary institutions in respect of which a Control Agreement in favor of PFG is at all times in effect; and (b) provide PFG five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than the Senior Lender.

4.11 Authorization to File Security Instruments . By executing and delivering a term sheet in respect of the Loans, Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized PFG to file Security Instruments on or prior to the Effective Date, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect PFG’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of PFG under the Code. Such Security Instruments may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in PFG’s discretion.

4.12 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to PFG, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to PFG, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by PFG that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5. TERM.

5.1 Maturity Date. This Agreement shall continue in effect until the maturity date(s) set forth on the Schedule (the “Maturity Date”), subject to Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4, below.

5.2 Early Termination. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Maturity Date as follows: (i) if expressly permitted in the Schedule, by Borrower, effective three Business Days after written notice of termination is given to PFG and payment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations); or (ii) by PFG at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice, effective immediately. If a Borrower right to prepay Obligations is provided in the Schedule and the exercise of such right is subject to payment of any consideration to PFG as a condition to such exercise, a Borrower Default or Event of Default that results in an acceleration of Obligations and/or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve Borrower of the obligation to pay such consideration, which shall be included in the Obligations required to be paid or performed by Borrower.

5.3 Payment of Obligations. On the Maturity Date or on any earlier effective date of termination, Borrower shall pay and perform in full all Obligations, whether evidenced by installment notes or otherwise, and whether or not all or any part of such Obligations are otherwise then due and payable. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, (i) all of PFG’s security interests in all of the Collateral and all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations have been paid and performed in full, and (ii) no further Loans will be made to Borrower unless PFG otherwise agrees in its sole and absolute discretion. No termination shall in any way affect or impair any right or remedy of PFG, nor shall any such termination relieve Borrower of any Obligation to PFG, until all of the Obligations have been paid and performed in full. Upon payment and performance in full of all the Obligations and termination of this Agreement, PFG shall promptly terminate its financing statements with respect to Borrower and deliver to Borrower such other documents as may be required to fully terminate PFG’s security interests.

5.4 Survival of Certain Obligations . Without limiting the survival of obligations addressed otherwise in this Agreement and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 8.9 to indemnify PFG shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

-7-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

6. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

6.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement regardless of whether notice thereof is given by PFG, and Borrower shall give PFG immediate written notice thereof:

(a) Any warranty, representation, covenant, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to PFG by Borrower or any of Borrower’s officers, employees or agents, now or in the future shall be untrue or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made; or

(b) Borrower shall fail to pay any Loan or any interest thereon or any other monetary Obligation within three Business Days after the date due, provided that in the case of charges other than principal and interest on Obligations and fees and costs due on the date hereof, at least five Business Days prior notice has been given to Borrower; or

(c) Borrower (i) shall fail to comply with any of the financial covenants set forth in the Schedule, or (ii) shall breach any of the provisions of Section 4.6 hereof that by its nature is not reasonably capable of cure or which is not cured within five Business Days, or (iii) shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured, or (iv) shall fail to permit PFG to conduct an inspection or audit as provided in Section 4.5 hereof or shall fail to provide the notices, information, briefing and other rights set forth in Section 4.5, or (v) shall fail to provide PFG with a Report under Section 6 of the Schedule within three (3) Business Days after the date due; or

(d) Borrower shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation, which failure is not cured within ten (10) Business Days after the date due; provided, however, if such failure results from a Default or an Event of Default for which there is a shorter cure period set forth in this Section 6.1, then the applicable cure period shall be such shorter period; or

(e) any levy, assessment, attachment or seizure is made on all or any part of the Collateral which is not cured within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of the same, or any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) is made on all or any part of the Collateral which is not cured within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence of the same; or

(f) any default or event of default occurs under any obligation secured by a Permitted Lien (which for the avoidance of doubt would include the Liens of the Senior Lender), which is not cured within any applicable cure period by the holder of the Permitted Lien; or

(g) there is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (i) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of $100,000; or (ii) any breach or default by Borrower or any Guarantor, the result of which could result in a Material Adverse Change or have a material adverse effect on Borrower, any Guarantor or its business or prospects; or

(h) (i) Dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency or business failure of Borrower or any Guarantor; or (ii) appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian, for all or any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by, against or in respect of Borrower or any Guarantor under any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect, in each above case that is not dismissed or stayed within 45 days (and for the avoidance of doubt, PFG shall have no obligation to advance any Loan while any of the foregoing conditions or those set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv), below, exist); or (iii) Borrower or any Guarantor shall generally not pay its debts as they become due; or (iv) Borrower or any Guarantor shall conceal, remove or Transfer any part of its property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any Transfer of any of its property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law; or

(i) Borrower, any Guarantor or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to PFG or to induce PFG to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

-8-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

(j) revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, any guaranty of the Obligations or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of proceedings by any guarantor of any of the Obligations under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or

(k) revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, any pledge of any certificate of deposit, securities or other property or asset of any kind pledged by any third party to secure any or all of the Obligations, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of proceedings by or against any such third party under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or

(l) Borrower makes any payment on account of any indebtedness or obligation which has been subordinated to the Obligations (other than as permitted in the applicable subordination agreement), or if any Person who has subordinated such indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits his subordination agreement; or

(m) Borrower shall (i) enter into any agreement, binding or non-binding, that would result in a Change in Control, or (ii) effect or suffer a Change in Control; or

(n) a default or breach shall occur under any other Loan Document, which default or breach shall be continuing after the later of cure period expressly specified in such Loan Document or five (5) Business Days; or

(o) a Material Adverse Change shall occur.

PFG may cease making any Loans hereunder during any of the cure periods provided above, and thereafter if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, PFG, at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower), may do any one or more of the following, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender: (a) Cease making Loans or otherwise extending credit to Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (b) Accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable, notwithstanding any deferred or installment payments allowed by any instrument evidencing or relating to any Obligation; (c) Take possession of any or all of the Collateral wherever it may be found, and for that purpose Borrower hereby authorizes PFG without judicial process to enter onto any of Borrower’s premises without interference to search for, take possession of, keep, store, or remove any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive control thereof, without charge for so long as PFG deems it necessary, in its good faith business judgment, in order to complete the enforcement of its rights under this Agreement or any other agreement; provided, however, that should PFG seek to take possession of any of the Collateral by court process, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives: (i) any bond and any surety or security relating thereto required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident to such possession; (ii) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof; and (iii) any requirement that PFG retain possession of, and not dispose of, any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment; (d) Require Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to PFG at places designated by PFG which are reasonably convenient to PFG and Borrower, and to remove the Collateral to such locations as PFG may deem advisable; (e) Complete the processing, manufacturing or repair of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and, for such purpose and for the purpose of removal, PFG shall have the right to use Borrower’s premises, vehicles, hoists, lifts, cranes, and other Equipment and all other property without charge; (f) Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, in its condition at the time PFG obtains possession of it or after further manufacturing, processing or repair, at one or more public and/or private sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale. PFG shall have the right to conduct such disposition on Borrower’s premises without charge, for such time or times as PFG deems reasonable, or on PFG’s premises, or elsewhere and the Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition. PFG may directly or through any affiliated company purchase or lease any Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition. Any sale or other disposition of Collateral shall not relieve Borrower of any liability Borrower may have if any Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at the time of sale; (g) Demand payment of, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles comprising Collateral and, in connection therewith, Borrower irrevocably authorizes PFG to endorse or sign Borrower’s name on all collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, to take possession of and open mail addressed to Borrower and remove therefrom payments made with respect to any item of the Collateral or proceeds thereof, and, in PFG’s good faith business judgment, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts and the like for less than face value; (h) Exercise any and all rights under any present or future Control Agreements relating to Deposit Accounts or Investment Property; and (i) Demand and receive possession of any of Borrower’s federal and state income tax returns and

 

-9-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

the books and records utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto. All Lender Expenses, liabilities and obligations incurred by PFG with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations. Without limiting any of PFG’s rights and remedies, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest rate applicable to the Obligations shall be the Default Rate.

6.3 Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness. Borrower and PFG agree that a sale or other disposition (collectively, “sale”) of any Collateral which complies with the following standards will conclusively be deemed to be commercially reasonable: (i) Notice of the sale is given to Borrower at least ten days prior to the sale, and, in the case of a public sale, notice of the sale is published at least five days before the sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the sale is to be conducted; (ii) Notice of the sale describes the collateral in general, non-specific terms; (iii) The sale is conducted at a place designated by PFG, with or without the Collateral being present; (iv) The sale commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.; (v) Payment of the purchase price in cash or by cashier’s check or wire transfer is required; (vi) With respect to any sale of any of the Collateral, PFG may (but is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly from Borrower any and all information concerning the same. PFG shall be free to employ other methods of noticing and selling the Collateral, in its discretion, if they are commercially reasonable. Without limiting the foregoing, if Exigent Circumstances exist, Borrower and PFG agree that notice periods may be shorter than as set forth above and such shorter notice periods are commercially reasonable in Exigent Circumstances. Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that if PFG’s or third parties’ access to Collateral is inhibited, restricted or denied, it shall be commercially reasonable for PFG to conduct a sale of Collateral under such circumstances even though the lack of access to Collateral would likely give rise to a sale price less than if parties had unfettered access to Collateral for purposes of conducting a sale.

6.4 Power of Attorney. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, without limiting PFG’s other rights and remedies, Borrower grants to PFG an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, authorizing and permitting PFG (acting through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time, at its option, but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at Borrower’s expense, to do any or all of the following, in Borrower’s name or otherwise, but PFG agrees that if it exercises any right hereunder, it will do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner and subject to the rights of the Senior Lender: (a) Execute on behalf of Borrower any documents that PFG may, in its good faith business judgment, deem advisable in order to perfect and maintain PFG’s security interest in the Collateral, or in order to exercise a right of Borrower or PFG, or in order to fully consummate all the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and all other Loan Documents; (b) Execute on behalf of Borrower, any invoices relating to any Account, any draft against any Account Debtor and any notice to any Account Debtor, any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any Notice of Lien, claim of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien; (c) Take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral; endorse the name of Borrower upon any instruments, or documents, evidence of payment or Collateral that may come into PFG’s possession; (d) Endorse all checks and other forms of remittances received by PFG; (e) Pay, contest or settle any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest and adverse claim in or to any of the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; (f) Grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts and General Intangibles for less than face value and execute all releases and other documents in connection therewith; (g) Pay any sums required on account of Borrower’s taxes or to secure the release of any liens therefor, or both; (h) Settle and adjust, and give releases of, any insurance claim that relates to any of the Collateral and obtain payment therefor; (i) Instruct any third party having custody or control of any books or records belonging to, or relating to, Borrower to give PFG the same rights of access and other rights with respect thereto as PFG has under this Agreement; (j) Execute on behalf of Borrower and file in Borrower’s name such documents and instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the Transfer of Domain Rights, domain names, domain registry administrative contacts and domain and website hosting services into the name of PFG or its designees, and (k) Take any action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Documents. Any and all Lender Expenses incurred by PFG with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be payable on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations. In no event shall PFG’s rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of PFG’s other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that PFG is in control of the business, management or properties of Borrower.

6.5 Application of Proceeds. All proceeds realized as the result of any sale of the Collateral shall be applied by PFG first to Lender Expenses incurred in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and third to the principal of the Obligations, in such order as PFG shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to PFG for any deficiency. If, PFG, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, PFG shall have the option, exercisable at any time, in its good faith business judgment, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by PFG of the cash therefor.

6.6 Remedies Cumulative. In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, PFG shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party under the Code and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into between PFG and Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive. Exercise or partial exercise by PFG of one or more of its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar PFG from subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies. The failure or delay of PFG to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid and performed.

 

-10-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

7. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Debtor ” means the obligor on an Account.

Accounts ” means all present and future “accounts” as defined in the Code in effect on the Effective Date with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all accounts receivable, healthcare receivables and other sums owing to Borrower.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, a relative, partner, shareholder, director, officer, or employee of such Person, or any parent or Subsidiary of such Person, or any Person directly or indirectly through any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

Astute Settlement ” is a settlement agreement by and among Sonic Foundry, Learners Digest International and Astute Technology, LLC, dated on or about June 30, 2014.

Board ” means the Board of Directors or other governing authority of Borrower as authorized in its Constitutional Documents (which for the avoidance of doubt, includes a member or manager of a limited liability company).

Business Day ” means a day on which PFG is open for business.

Cash ” means unrestricted and unencumbered (except for the Liens of PFG and the Senior Lender) cash or cash equivalents in Deposit Accounts or other Collateral Accounts for which there is in effect a Control Agreement among Borrower, PFG and the depositary institution in respect of such accounts, unless the requirement for a Control Agreement has been waived by PFG.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having a rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or a rating of P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) certificates of deposit held with the Senior Lender maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition and (e) Investments pursuant to Borrower’s Investment Policy, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been provided by Borrower to PFG and approved in writing by PFG.

Change in Control ” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) any “person” (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as an amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower, is or becomes a beneficial owner (within the meaning Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower, representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to PFG the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the initial closing of the transaction and provides to PFG a description of the material terms of the transaction and such other information as PFG may reasonably request); or (b) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Borrower (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Borrower was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office (other than as a result of the above-referenced venture capital / private equity exception, subject to the same notice and information requirements as specified above).

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of California from time to time.

 

-11-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 above.

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account, each as defined in the Code, and any other account of any kind or type in respect of Investment Property, including each of Borrower’s primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts, including all cash management, merchant services, and foreign exchange accounts and facilities.

Compliance Certificate ” means Borrower’s certification of its compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other matters as PFG may require to be addressed in such certificate, in the form as initially set forth as Exhibit B hereto, as such form may be amended from time to time upon advance notice from PFG.

Constitutional Document ” means for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as last certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent Governmental Body) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization, together with, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or operating or similar agreement), (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), and (d) if such Person is a statutory joint venture company or similar entity, its joint venture (or similar) agreement, each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, Dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

continuing ” and “ during the continuance of ” when used with reference to a Default or Event of Default means that the Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not been either waived in writing by PFG or cured within any applicable cure period.

Control Agreement ” means a written agreement among PFG, Borrower and a depositary bank or other custodian in respect of Borrower’s Collateral Accounts by which the depositary bank or other custodian, as appropriate, agrees to comply with instructions given from time to time by PFG directing the disposition of the funds, investments and securities in Borrower’s Collateral Accounts without further consent of Borrower, which instructions may include not complying with instructions (which term may include the honoring of checks written by Borrower against funds in said accounts) given by Borrower, and containing other terms acceptable to PFG.

Current Depositary(ies) ” means the banking and / or other financial institutions at which Borrower maintains Collateral Accounts on the Effective Date.

Debt Service ” means, for any period of measurement, all regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest of Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis due within the trailing twelve (12) month period ended as of such date of measurement.

Default ” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means the lesser of (i) the applicable rate(s) set forth in the Schedule, plus six percent (6%) per annum, and (ii) the maximum rate of interest that may lawfully be charged to a commercial borrower under applicable usury laws.

Deferred Revenue ” means all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Accounts ” means all present and future “deposit accounts” as defined in the Code in effect on the Effective Date with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all general and special bank accounts, demand accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit, and as used in this Agreement, the term “Deposit Accounts” shall be construed to also include securities, commodities and other Investment Property accounts.

 

-12-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

EBITDA ” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense, plus (e) non-cash stock compensation expense, plus (f) other non-cash and non-recurring expenses acceptable to PFG, in its reasonable discretion.

Dividend ” means a payment or other distribution in respect to equity to an owner thereof, (A) whether or not (i) in respect of net profits or otherwise, (ii) declared by Borrower’s (or other relevant party’s) (iii) Board, previously paid, or (iv) authorized in its Constitutional Documents or otherwise, and (B) for the avoidance of doubt, includes distributions to members of a limited liability company.

Dormant Subsidiary ” means Sonic Foundry Media Systems, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Dutch Subsidiary ” means Borrower’s Netherlands Subsidiary, Media Mission B.V., a Dutch B.V.

Equipment ” means all present and future “equipment” as defined in the Code in effect on the Effective Date with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Event of Default ” means any of the events set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

Exigent Circumstances ” means circumstances that substantially inhibit an orderly sale process or that imply urgency due to rapid erosion of value or opportunity, including Borrower closing its business or “going dark”, inability or refusal (express or implied by non-response) to provide for the security of Collateral.

Financial Statements ” means consolidated financial statements of Borrower, including a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow and, in the case of monthly-required financial statements, showing data for the month being reported and a history showing each month from the beginning of the relevant fiscal year.

First-Priority ” means, in relation to PFG’s Lien in Collateral, a security interest that is prior to any other security interest, with the exception of the Liens of the Senior Lender and other Permitted Liens, which other Permitted Liens may only have superior priority to PFG’s Lien as expressly specified herein or pursuant to the terms of a subordination agreement between PFG and the holder of such other Permitted Lien.

Foreign Subsidiaries ” means, as of the Effective Date, the Dutch Subsidiary and the Japanese Subsidiary, and shall include any non-U.S. persons becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower after the Effective Date.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

General Intangibles ” means all present and future “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the Effective Date with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all Intellectual Property, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

good faith business judgment ” means honesty in fact and good faith (as defined in Section 1201 of the Code) in the exercise of PFG’s business judgment.

Governmental Authorization ” means any: (a) permit, license, certificate, franchise, concession, approval, consent, ratification, permission, clearance, confirmation, endorsement, waiver, certification, designation, rating, registration, qualification or authorization that is, has been issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement; or (b) right under any Contract with any Governmental Body.

Governmental Body ” means any: (a) nation, principality, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, subdivision, department, agency, bureau, branch, office, commission, council, board, instrumentality, officer, official, representative, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal); (d) multi-national organization or body; or (e) individual, entity or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.

Group ” means Borrower and all direct and indirect Subsidiaries and affiliated Persons under the direct or indirect control of Borrower, and “ Group Member ” means any of such foregoing Persons.

Guarantor ” means any Person guaranteeing the Obligations.

 

-13-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

including ” means including (but not limited to).

Indebtedness ” means (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business), (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments, (c) reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit, (d) capital lease obligations and (e) Contingent Obligations.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law in any jurisdiction, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, receiverships, administrations, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all present and future: (a) copyrights, copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, (b) trade secret rights, including all rights to unpatented inventions and know-how, and confidential information; (c) mask work or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips; (d) patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same; (e) trademarks, servicemarks, trade styles, and trade names, whether or not any of the foregoing are registered, and all applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by any such trademarks; (f) Domain Rights as described in Section 3.14 hereof, (g) computer software and computer software products; (h) designs and design rights; (i) technology; (j) all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above; and (k) all licenses or other rights to use any property or rights of a type described above.

Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the Interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

Inventory ” means all present and future “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the Effective Date with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” means any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including any stock, partnership interest or other equity or debt securities issued by any Person), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Investment Property ” means all present and future investment property, securities, stocks, bonds, debentures, debt securities, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, options, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, and all options and warrants to purchase any of the foregoing, wherever located, and all other securities of every kind, whether certificated or uncertificated.

Japanese Subsidiary ” means Borrower’s Japanese Subsidiary, Mediasite K.K., a Japanese kabushiki kaisha.

Key Person(s) ” means Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Financial Officer, each as disclosed as of the Effective Date in the Representations.

Knowledge ” or “ best of knowledge ” and words of similar import mean either (i) the actual knowledge of any of Borrower’s officers, including, any Chief Executive Officer, President, designated legal representative under the Legal Requirements of any non-U.S. jurisdiction, Chief Information Officer (if any), Chief Technology Officer (or equivalent), Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, or Borrower’s Vice Presidents or General Managers supervising a business unit or division, or any persons succeeding or performing the responsibilities of such identified positions including Directors with executive authority, or (ii) such knowledge as the persons in such identified positions would have assuming (A) Borrower policies in accordance with generally-accepted norms of corporate governance and (B) the actual exercise of reasonable diligence and prudence by such persons in accordance with such policies.

Legal Requirement ” means any written local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, legislation, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, proclamation, treaty, convention, rule, regulation, ruling, directive, pronouncement, requirement, specification, determination, decision, opinion or interpretation that is, has been issued, enacted, adopted, passed, approved, promulgated, made, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

 

-14-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

Lender Expenses ” means, in each case without limitation as to type and kind: (a) reasonable Professional Costs, and all filing, recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs incurred by PFG, pursuant to, or in connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit is filed), including, but not limited to, Professional Costs PFG pays or incurs in order to do the following: (i) prepare and negotiate this Agreement and all present and future documents relating to this Agreement; (ii) obtain legal advice in connection with this Agreement or Borrower; enforce, or seek to enforce, any of its rights or retain the services of consultants to do so; (iii) prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, Account Debtors; (iv) commence, intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding; (v) initiate any complaint to be relieved of the automatic stay in bankruptcy; (vi) file or prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party claim, or other claim; (vii) examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral or any of Borrower’s books and records; (viii) protect, obtain possession of, lease, dispose of, or otherwise enforce PFG’s security interest in, the Collateral; and (ix) otherwise represent PFG in any litigation relating to Borrower; (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all costs and expenses (including Professional Costs).

Lien ” or “ lien ” is a security interest, claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Representations, and all other present and future documents, instruments and agreements between PFG and Borrower, including, but not limited to those relating to this Agreement, and all amendments and modifications thereto and replacements therefor.

Loan Request ” means any request that may be made by a Borrower in connection with this Agreement, including a borrowing request, consent request, a waiver request and any other accommodation that may be given by PFG under or relating to the Loan Agreement.

Material Adverse Change ” means any of the following: (i) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial or other condition of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (ii) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (iii) a material impairment of the value or priority of PFG’s security interests in the Collateral, or (iv) PFG’s determination, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 5 of the Schedule during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

Maturity ” means the Maturity Date(s) set forth in Section 4 of the Schedule, or such earlier date at which Obligations become due by acceleration or otherwise

Maturity Date ” means the Maturity Date(s) set forth in Section 4 of the Schedule, or such earlier date as Maturity occurs.

New Subsidiary(ies) ” means any person that becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower after the date hereof.

Non-Borrower Subsidiary(ies) ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Borrower not joined as a co-Borrower hereunder or otherwise joined to the Loan Documents.

Non-Overdue Senior Monetary Obligations ” means, at any time, the amount of monetary Obligations other than principal Indebtedness owed by Borrower to the Senior Lender but not then due, such as accrued and unpaid interest not yet due.

Obligations” means all present and future Loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, guaranties, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any time owing by Borrower to PFG, including obligations and covenants intended to survive the termination of this Agreement, whether evidenced by this Agreement or any note or other instrument or document, or otherwise, including indebtedness under any obligation to purchase equity derivatives (including stock warrants) purchased or otherwise issued to PFG from time to time, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, those acquired by assignment and any participation by PFG in Borrower’s debts owing to others), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney’s fees, expert witness fees, audit fees, collateral monitoring fees, closing fees, facility fees, commitment fees, contingent fees, back-end and performance-based fees, termination fees, minimum interest charges and any other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Documents.

Ordinary (or “ordinary”) course of business ” and derivatives shall apply to an action taken or an action required to be taken and not taken by or on behalf of a Borrower. An action will not be deemed to have been taken in the “ordinary course of business” unless : (a) such action is consistent with its past practices (if such type of action has been taken in the past and, if not, such action shall be deemed not in the ordinary course of business) and is similar in nature and magnitude to actions

 

-15-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

customarily taken by it; (b) such action is taken in accordance with sound and prudent business practices in its jurisdiction of organization; and (c) such action is not required to be authorized by its shareholders and does not require any other separate or special authorization of any nature.

Other Property ” means the following as defined in the Code in effect on the Effective Date with such additions to such terms as may hereafter be made, and all rights relating thereto: all present and future “commercial tort claims” (including without limitation any commercial tort claims identified in the Representations), “documents”, “instruments”, “promissory notes”, “chattel paper”, “letters of credit”, “letter-of-credit rights”, “fixtures”, “farm products” and “money”; and all other goods and personal property of every kind, tangible and intangible, whether or not governed by the Code.

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by PFG for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Obligations.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) the Loans and other Obligations;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on Exhibit A hereto;

(iii) Subordinated Debt;

(iv) Indebtedness owing to Senior Lender not to exceed the Senior Debt Limit specified in the Schedule;

(v) other Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens described in clause (i) of that definition;

(vi) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Liens of carriers, warehouseman, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(viii) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (i) through (vii) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower; and

(ix) reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit in an aggregate face amount outstanding not to exceed $300,000 at any time outstanding, which have been reported to PFG in writing, and, in the case of reimbursement obligations to the Senior Lender in respect of letters of credit which do not exceed the Senior Debt Limit (taking into account all other Indebtedness to Senior Lender).

Permitted Investments ” are:

(i) Investments (if any) shown on Exhibit A and existing on the Effective Date;

(ii) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(iii) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans, and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; and

(iii) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(iv) Investments in Subsidiaries existing on the Effective Date;

(v) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers that are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this clause shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(vi) Investments in the Dutch Subsidiary and the Japanese Subsidiary of not more than $200,000 each in any calendar year; provided, however, with respect to each such Foreign Subsidiary, if its balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents with institutions or otherwise at any time exceeds its six (6) month average balance of such Cash and Cash Equivalents by more than $200,000, then no further Investments may be made by Borrower in such Foreign Subsidiary for the balance of such calendar year;

 

-16-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

(vii) Deposit Accounts in which PFG has a perfected security interest;

(viii) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers, and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(ix) bank certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than 1 year after issue.

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Liens arising from lease transactions and purchase money transactions (including Liens arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sales arrangement or arrangements having similar effect) (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than $700,000 in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment, subject to the same aggregate dollar cap set forth in clause (i);

(ii) Liens for Taxes not yet payable or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(iii) additional Liens consented to in writing by PFG, which consent may be withheld in its good faith business judgment. PFG shall have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under this subparagraph (iii), that the holder of the additional Lien sign a subordination agreement in PFG’s then standard form, acknowledge that its Lien is subordinate to the Lien of PFG, agree that payment of its underlying obligation is subject to the prior payment of Obligations owing to PFG (subject to any permitted payments specified in such subordination agreement) and agree not to take any action to enforce its subordinate security interest so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, and that Borrower agrees that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate security interest shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement;

(iv) Liens being terminated substantially concurrently with this Agreement;

(v) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, or other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not delinquent;

(vi) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(vii) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by liens of the type described above in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (ix), provided that any extension, renewal or replacement lien is limited to the property encumbered by the existing lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase and other terms are not less favorable to Borrower;

(viii) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(ix) statutory, common law or contractual Liens of depository institutions or institutions holding securities account (including rights of set-off) securing only customary charges and fees in connection with such accounts;

(x) other Liens included as Permitted Liens in Exhibit A ;

(xi) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) Liens arising under Section 6.1(e) cured as provided therein; and

(xiii) Liens in favor of the Senior Lender securing an amount not in excess of the Senior Debt Limit.

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

Plan ” means Borrower’s financial plan as presented to PFG on for its 2015 fiscal year, as such financial plan is delivered in subsequent years for future periods.

Professional Costs ” means all reasonable fees and expenses of auditors, accountants, valuation experts, Collateral disposition service providers, restructuring and other advisory services in connection with restructurings, workouts and Insolvency Proceedings, and fees and costs of attorneys.

 

-17-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

Qualifying Request ” means a request made by a Responsible Officer of Borrower under Section 1.4 for (i) a Loan that is within Borrower’s borrowing availability under this Agreement, satisfies the relevant conditions set forth in Section 9 of the Schedule and is accompanied by such certificates, documents and instruments as may be required under this Agreement or otherwise reasonably required by PFG to confirm Borrower’s compliance with the Loan Documents at the time of such request, or (ii) any other matter for which PFG’s consent is required under the Loan Documents.

Representations ” means the written Representations and Warranties provided by Borrower to PFG referred to in the Schedule.

Revolving Line ” means the revolving line of credit facility of Borrower with the Senor Lender from time to time in effect and “Revolving Line Availability” means the sum that may be borrowed by Borrower from time to time under the Revolving Line based on the Borrowing Base (as defined in the Senior Loan Documents).

Responsible Officer(s) ” means the Key Persons and any other person authorized to bind Borrower and notified to PFG in writing by a Responsible Officer as a new Responsible Officer.

Restricted License ” means any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with PFG’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revenue ” means revenues required to be recognized as such under GAAP.

Security Instruments ” means financing statements and similar notices filed under the Code or other relevant local law (U.S. or non-U.S.) in any jurisdiction in which such financing statements may be filed, fixed and floating charges, share charges, mortgage debentures, and any other notices, instruments and filings that reflect the “all assets” security granted to PFG by Borrower in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Senior Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8 of the Schedule.

Subordinated Debt ” means debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s debt to PFG pursuant to a subordination agreement entered into between PFG, Borrower and the subordinated creditor(s) upon terms acceptable to PFG in its sole business discretion, but which may at PFG’s option include: (i) subordination of subordinated creditor Lens, (ii) restrictions or prohibition of payments on subordinated debt until all Obligations to PFG are fully repaid and performed, and (iii) a prohibition on the exercise of remedies by a subordinated creditor until all Obligations to PFG are fully repaid and performed.

Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between PFG and Senior Lender.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or (ii) a Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person and which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include a “sister” company to a Person under common direct or indirect ownership meeting the above specified percentage for being considered a “Subsidiary”.

SVB Term Loan ” means the “Term Loan 2015” as defined in the Senior Loan Documents in the original principal amount of $2,500,000 and any renewal or replacement thereof in future periods.

Tax ” means any tax (including any income tax, franchise tax, capital gains tax, estimated tax, gross receipts tax, value-added tax, surtax, excise tax, ad valorem tax, transfer tax, stamp tax, sales tax, use tax, property tax, business tax, occupation tax, inventory tax, occupancy tax, withholding tax or payroll tax), levy, assessment, tariff, impost, imposition, toll, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty or interest), that is, has been or may in the future be (a) imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Body, or (b) payable pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement or similar contract.

Tax Return ” means any return (including any information return), report, statement, declaration, estimate, schedule, notice, notification, form, election, certificate or other document or information that is, has been or may in the future be filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

Transfer ” or “ transfer ” shall include any sale, assignment with or without consideration, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly.

 

-18-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

Other Terms . All accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

8.1 Confidentiality . PFG agrees to use the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own proprietary information, to maintain the confidentiality of any and all proprietary, trade secret or confidential information provided to or received by PFG from Borrower, which indicates that it is confidential, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices and contractual information, customer lists, and employee relation matters, provided that PFG may disclose such information (i) to its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, affiliates, advisory boards, participants, prospective participants, assignees and prospective assignees, and such other Persons to whom PFG shall at any time be required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law or legal process, and (ii) in its good faith business judgment in connection with the enforcement of its rights or remedies after an Event of Default, or in connection with any dispute with Borrower or any other Person relating to Borrower. The confidentiality agreement in this Section supersedes any prior confidentiality agreement of PFG relating to Borrower.

8.2 Interest Computation. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 12:00 Noon, Pacific Time, on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day.

8.3 Payments . All Payments may be applied, and in PFG’s good faith business judgment reversed and re-applied, to the Obligations, in such order and manner as PFG shall determine in its good faith business judgment.

8.4 Monthly Accountings. PFG may provide Borrower monthly with an account of advances, charges, expenses and payments made pursuant to this Agreement. Such account shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on Borrower and an account stated (except for reverses and reapplications of payments made and corrections of errors discovered by PFG), unless Borrower notifies PFG in writing to the contrary within 60 days after such account is rendered, describing the nature of any alleged errors or omissions.

8.5 Notices. All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either personally, or by reputable private delivery service, or by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, or by fax to the most recent fax number a party has for the other party (and if by fax, sent concurrently by one of the other methods provided herein), or by electronic mail to the most recent electronic mail address for Borrower provided for the chief financial officer or financial controller executing the Representations (and if by electronic mail, with an electronic delivery and/or read receipt), addressed to PFG or Borrower at the addresses shown in the heading to this Agreement, in the Representations or at any other address designated in writing by one party to the other party. All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or two Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid, or on the first business day of receipt during business hours in the case of notices sent by fax or electronic mail, as provided herein.

8.6 Authorization to Use Borrower Name, Etc. Borrower irrevocably authorizes PFG to: (i) use Borrower’s logo on PFG’s website and in its marketing materials to denote the lending relationship between PFG and Borrower; (ii) use a “tombstone” to highlight the transaction(s) from time to time between PFG and Borrower; and (iii) to issue press releases in a form reasonable acceptable to Borrower and PFG highlighting and summarizing the credit facilities extended by PFG to Borrower from time to time under this Agreement, as amended from time to time, all of the above (i) through (iii), for marketing purposes.

8.7 Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

8.8 Integration. This Agreement and such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete agreement between Borrower and PFG and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement. There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in this Agreement or in other written agreements signed by the parties in connection herewith.

8.9 Waivers; Indemnity. The failure of PFG at any time or times to require Borrower to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive or diminish any right of PFG later to demand and receive strict compliance therewith. Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar. None of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or knowledge of PFG or its agents or employees, but only by a specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of PFG and delivered to Borrower. Borrower waives the benefit of all statutes of

 

-19-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

limitations relating to any of the Obligations or this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by PFG on which Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by PFG, unless expressly required by this Agreement. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify PFG and its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent, directors, officers, employees, agents, and attorneys, and to hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions, causes of action, penalties and Lender Expenses of every kind, which they may sustain or incur based upon or arising out of any of the Obligations, or any relationship or agreement between PFG and Borrower, or any other matter, relating to Borrower or the Obligations; provided that this indemnity shall not extend to damages determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment to have been proximately caused by the indemnitee’s own willful misconduct. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity agreement set forth in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall for all purposes continue in full force and effect.

8.10 No Liability for Ordinary Negligence. Borrower agrees that any and all claims it may have under this Agreement shall be limited to claims against PFG and not its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated with or representing PFG. Neither PFG, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated with or representing PFG shall be liable for any claims, demands, losses or damages, of any kind whatsoever, made, claimed, incurred or suffered by Borrower or any other party through the negligence of PFG, or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated with or representing PFG, but nothing herein shall relieve PFG from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8.11 Amendment; Electronic Execution of Documents. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrower and a duly authorized officer of PFG. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

8.12 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance by Borrower of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

8.13 Lender Expenses. Borrower shall reimburse PFG for all Lender Expenses. All Lender Expenses to which PFG may be entitled pursuant to this Paragraph shall immediately become part of Borrower’s Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.

8.14 Benefit of Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Borrower and PFG; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign or Transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of PFG, and any prohibited assignment shall be void. No consent by PFG to any assignment shall release Borrower from its liability for the Obligations.

8.15 Joint and Several Liability. If Borrower consists of more than one Person, their liability shall be joint and several, and the compromise of any claim with, or the release of, any Borrower shall not constitute a compromise with, or a release of, any other Borrower.

8.16 Limitation of Actions. Any claim or cause of action by Borrower against PFG, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, based upon, arising from, or relating to this Loan Agreement, or any other Loan Document, or any other transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto, or any other matter, cause or thing whatsoever, incurred, done, omitted or suffered to be done by PFG, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, shall be barred unless asserted by Borrower by the commencement of an action or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction by (a) the filing of a complaint within one year after the earlier to occur of (i) the first act, occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action, or any part thereof, is based, or (ii) the date this Agreement is terminated, and (b) the service of a summons and complaint on an officer of PFG, or on any other person authorized to accept service on behalf of PFG, within thirty (30) days thereafter. Borrower agrees that such one-year period is a reasonable and sufficient time for Borrower to investigate and act upon any such claim or cause of action. The one-year period provided herein shall not be waived, tolled, or extended except by the written consent of PFG in its sole discretion. This provision shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

8.17 Loan Monitoring. At reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice to Borrower, PFG shall have the right to

 

-20-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

visit personally with Borrower up to two times per calendar year at its principal place of business or such other location as the parties may mutually agree, for the purpose of meeting with Borrower’s management in order to remain as up-to-date with Borrower’s business as is practicable and to maintain best practices in terms of lender loan monitoring and diligence. Lender Expenses incurred for reasonable travel, lodging and similar expenses for up to three PFG staff for such visits shall be at Borrower’s expense and reimbursed in the same manner as other PFG expenses under this Agreement.

8.18 Paragraph Headings; Construction; Counterparts. Paragraph headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience. Borrower and PFG acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement. This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties with the benefit of independent counsel and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against PFG or Borrower under any rule of construction or otherwise. References to “Borrower” are construed to mean “each Borrower”, unless otherwise expressly specified. Amounts set off in brackets or parentheses are negative. The word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, and the word “or” is not exclusive. The term “Agreement” includes the Schedule. Obligations of a similar nature addressed in different sections of this Agreement shall be deemed supplemental to one another and not exclusive unless expressly set forth as such. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

8.19 Correction of Loan Documents. PFG may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as PFG provides Borrowers with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both PFG and Borrower.

8.20 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. This Agreement and all acts and transactions hereunder and all rights and obligations of PFG and Borrower shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. As a material part of the consideration to PFG to enter into this Agreement, Borrower (i) agrees that all actions and proceedings relating directly or indirectly to this Agreement shall be litigated in courts located within California and that the exclusive venue therefor shall, at PFG’s option, be Santa Clara County; (ii) consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court and consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding by personal delivery or by internationally-recognized commercial courier or overnight delivery service or by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the last known address for Borrower; and (iii) waives any and all rights Borrower may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, PFG, in pursuit of collection and Collateral or rights therein, may pursue remedies in any jurisdiction in which Borrower or any Collateral resides or is deemed to reside.

8.21 Withholding . Payments received by PFG from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Body (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Body, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to PFG, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, PFG receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Body. Borrower will, upon request, furnish PFG with proof reasonably satisfactory to PFG indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 8.21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

8.22 Multiple Borrowers; Suretyship Waivers. If at any time there is more than one Borrower:

(a) Borrowers’ Agent . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Sonic Foundry, Inc. as the agent, attorney-in-fact and legal representative of all Borrowers for all purposes, including requesting disbursement of the Loan and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from PFG. PFG may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any request for a Loan, disbursement instruction, report, information or any other notice or communication made or given by any Borrower, whether in its own name, as Borrowers’ agent, or on behalf of one or more Borrowers, and PFG shall not have any obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on it of any such request, instruction, report, information, other notice or communication, nor shall the joint and several character of Borrowers’ obligations hereunder be affected thereby.

 

-21-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

(b) Waivers . Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) any right to require PFG to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, any other Borrower or any other Person, or to proceed against any property of any kind which secures all or any part of the Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves, credits or deposit accounts held by or maintained with PFG or any indebtedness of PFG to any other Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy PFG may have; (ii) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other Person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other Person, with respect to all or any part of the Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of PFG or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any other Person or any Obligations or any security therefor, whether by operation of law or otherwise; (iii) any defense arising by reason of any failure of PFG to obtain, perfect, maintain or keep in force any Lien on, any property of any Borrower or any other Person; (iv) any defense based upon or arising out of any Insolvency Proceeding, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against or in respect of any Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other Person, including without limitation any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the Obligations (including without limitation any interest thereon), in or as a result of any such proceeding. Until all of the Obligations have been paid, performed, and discharged in full, nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of Borrower hereunder except the full performance and payment of all of the Obligations. If any claim is ever made upon PFG for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by PFG in payment of or on account of any of the Obligations, because of any claim that any such payment constituted a preferential Transfer or fraudulent conveyance, or for any other reason whatsoever, and PFG repays all or part of said amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over PFG or any of its property, or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by PFG with any such claimant (including without limitation the any other Borrower), then and in any such event, Borrower agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement and compromise shall be binding upon Borrower, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations, or any release of any of the Obligations, and Borrower shall be and remain liable to PFG under this Agreement for the amount so repaid or recovered, to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by PFG, and the provisions of this sentence shall survive, and continue in effect, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity of every kind against any other Borrower, and all rights of recourse to any assets or property of any other Borrower, and all rights to any collateral or security held for the payment and performance of any Obligations, including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any present or future document or agreement with any other Borrower or other Person, and including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any equitable doctrine of subrogation, implied contract, or unjust enrichment, or any other equitable or legal doctrine. Each Borrower further hereby waives any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Borrower by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855 (inclusive), 2899, and 3433, as now in effect or hereafter amended, and under all other similar statutes and rules now or hereafter in effect.

(c) Consents . Each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Borrower and without affecting or impairing in any way the obligations or liability of Borrower hereunder, PFG may, from time to time before or after revocation of this Agreement, do any one or more of the following in PFG’s sole and absolute discretion: (i) accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Obligations; (ii) grant any other indulgence to any Borrower or any other Person in respect of any or all of the Obligations or any other matter; (iii) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property of any kind securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Obligations, or on which PFG at any time may have a Lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (iv) substitute or add, or take any action or omit to take any action which results in the release of, any one or more other Borrowers or any endorsers or guarantors of all or any part of the Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement, regardless of any destruction or impairment of any right of contribution or other right of Borrower; (v) apply any sums received from any other Borrower, any guarantor, endorser, or co-signer, or from the disposition of any Collateral or security, to any indebtedness whatsoever owing from such Person or secured by such Collateral or security, in such manner and order as PFG determines in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether such indebtedness is part of the Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable. Borrower consents and agrees that PFG shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower, or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Borrower further consents and agrees that PFG shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to any

 

-22-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

property securing any or all of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, PFG shall have no obligation to monitor, verify, audit, examine, or obtain or maintain any insurance with respect to, any property securing any or all of the Obligations.

(d) Foreclosure of Trust Deeds . Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses that Borrower may have because any other Borrower’s Obligations are secured by real property. This means, among other things: (1) PFG may collect from Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the other Borrower; and (2) If PFG forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by another Borrower: (A) The amount of the Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and (B) PFG may collect from Borrower even if PFG, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Borrower may have to collect from the other Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Borrower may have because any other Borrower’s Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by PFG, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Borrower’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against another Borrower or any other Person by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

(e) Independent Liability . Each Borrower hereby agrees that one or more successive or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against Borrower, in the same action in which any other Borrower may be sued or in separate actions, as often as deemed advisable by PFG. Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial condition of each other Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto, and Borrower is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of PFG with respect thereto. Each Borrower represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and each Borrower hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning any other Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as Borrower may desire, and Borrower is not relying upon or expecting PFG to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in PFG’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.

(f) Subordination . All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations and Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by PFG to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

8.23 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

8.24 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

8.25 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

8.26 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial. BORROWER AND PFG EACH HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER PRESENT OR FUTURE INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN PFG AND BORROWER, OR ANY CONDUCT, ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF PFG OR BORROWER OR ANY OF THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR ANY OTHER PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PFG OR BORROWER, IN ALL OF THE FOREGOING CASES, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE. WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY , if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with Code of

 

-23-


Partners for Growth Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, PFG desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then PFG may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of PFG at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against Collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

-24-


 

 

 

Borrower: PFG:
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
By

/s/ Gary Weis

By

/s/ Lorraine Nield

President or Vice President
By

/s/ Ken Minor

Name:

Lorraine Nield

Secretary or Ass’t Secretary
Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its General Partner

 

- Signature Page Loan and Security Agreement -


 

 

 

Partners For Growth

Schedule to

Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrower: Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Address: 222 West Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703
Date: May 13, 2015

This Schedule forms an integral part of the Loan and Security Agreement between PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P. and the above-borrower of even date.

 

 

 

1. LOAN (Section 1.1):
The Loan : The Loan shall consist of a term Loans in the maximum aggregate amount of $2,000,000, which shall be disbursed in two (2) Tranches as follows:
Tranche 1 : $1,500,000, which shall be disbursed within one (1) Business Day following satisfaction (or in PFG’s discretion, waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 9 of this Schedule; and
Tranche 2 : $500,000, which shall be disbursed within (1) Business Day following Borrower’s Qualifying Request at any time between the Effective Date and 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on December 31, 2015, for the Tranche 2 Loan, so long as at the time of such Qualifying Request, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Repayment: Tranche 1 : Borrower shall pay interest only on the Tranche 1 Loan from the Effective Date to the date that is six (6) months from the end of the first full month after the Effective Date. Thereafter, commencing with a principal payment due December 1, 2015 (the “Tranche 1 Principal Repayment Commencement Date”) the principal amount of the Loan Tranche 1 Loan shall be repaid equal monthly principal payments of $50,000 each, plus interest accrued on principal during the prior month, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until the earlier of (i) the date on which the unpaid principal balance of all Loans and any and all accrued and unpaid interest and other monetary Obligations thereon has been paid and (ii) the Maturity Date.

 

-1-


            Partners for Growth Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

Tranche 2 : Borrower shall pay interest only on the Tranche 2 Loan from the date the Tranche 2 Loan is disbursed to Borrower to the date that is six (6) months from the end of the first full month after the Effective Date (the same date the interest-only period in respect of Tranche 1 ends). Thereafter, commencing with a principal payment due on the Tranche 1 Principal Repayment Commencement Date, the principal amount of the Loan Tranche 2 Loan shall be repaid equal monthly principal payments of $16,666,67 each, plus interest accrued on principal during the prior month, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until the until the earlier of (i) the date on which the unpaid principal balance of all Loans and any and all accrued and unpaid interest and other monetary Obligations thereon has been paid and (ii) the Maturity Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if Borrower were to draw the Tranche 2 Loan on December 31, 2015, the first principal payment on Tranche 2 would be due on February 1, 2016, the monthly principal amount would be the principal amount of Tranche 2 divided by the number of months to the stated Maturity Date and all principal and interest under Tranche 2 would be due coterminous with Tranche 1 Obligations, on the stated Maturity Date.
Prepayment : The principal of the Loans may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, provided that, concurrently with the prepayment, Borrower pays to PFG a prepayment fee equal to 1% of the principal amount prepaid in the first year from the Effective Date.

 

 

 

2. INTEREST.
    Interest Rate  (Section 1.2):
The Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 10.75%, fixed.
Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and a year of twelve months of 30 days each for the actual number of days elapsed. Accrued interest for each month shall be payable monthly, on the first day of each month for interest accrued during the prior month.

 

 

 

3. FEES (Section 1.3):
    Loan Commitment Fee : $30,000, fully earned and payable concurrently herewith, and $10,000 upon Borrower drawing Tranche 2.

 

-2-


              Partners for Growth    Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

 

 

4. MATURITY DATE
(Section 5.1):  May 13, 2018

 

 

 

5. FINANCIAL COVENANTS
(Section 4.1): Borrower shall comply with each of the following covenants. Compliance shall be determined as of the end of each month, except as otherwise specifically provided below:
(a) Debt Service
Coverage (“DSC”) Ratio : Commencing with the quarterly compliance period ended June 30, 2015 and thereafter, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, on a trailing twelve (12) month basis ending as of the date of measurement, maintain a ratio of (x) (i) EBITDA plus (ii) the net change in Deferred Revenue during such measurement period; divided (y) Debt Service, of at least the following for the quarterly periods indicated below:
       

Quarterly Periods Ending

 

Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio

   

June 30, 2015

  1.00:1.00
   

September 30, 2015

  1.25:1.00
   

December 31, 2015

  1.50:1.00
   

Each quarterly period thereafter

  1.50:1.00
    Definition . For purposes of the DSC Ratio, the term “EBITDA” means (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense, plus (e) non-cash stock compensation expense, plus (f) up to $28,000 in settlement expenses under the Astute Settlement, plus , (g) up to $150,000 in severance compensation in connection with a departing employee, plus , (h) such other non-cash and non-recurring expenses acceptable to PFG, in its reasonable discretion.
    DSC Default Cure . Borrower shall not be deemed to be in default of the DSC Ratio if at any relevant time of measurement (i.e., a DSC Default) Borrower is able to reserve all term debt then outstanding to the Senior Lender under the SVB Term Loan within Borrower’s Revolving Line Availability.

(b)

  Minimum Liquidity :   Commencing with the monthly period ending May 31, 2015, Borrower shall maintain a minimum Liquidity Ratio of at least: (i) 1.35:1.00 for each month-end that is not the last day of a fiscal quarter; and (ii) 1.50:1.00 for each month-end that is the last day of any fiscal quarter.

 

-3-


            Partners for Growth Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

For purposes of the Minimum Liquidity covenant, the term “Liquidity Ratio” means the (A) the sum of (i) Borrower’s unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents deposited with the Senior Lender, plus (ii) Borrower’s net billed accounts receivable as reported to the Senior Lender, divided by (B) all monetary obligations owing to the Senior Lender as at any date of measurement.
(c) Japanese Subsidiary Debt : At all times the Japanese Subsidiary shall have less than $500,000 outstanding under its revolving credit facility.
(d) Future Periods : For periods prior to the Maturity Date not addressed by the covenant thresholds set forth above, PFG will set thresholds substantially consistently with the Senior Lender. If at any time there is no Senior Lender or a senior lender other than Silicon Valley Bank, PFG shall set thresholds of like tenor based on Borrower’s Plan for periods for which covenant thresholds have not then been set.

 

 

 

6. REPORTING.
(Section 4.4):
Borrower shall provide PFG with the following:
(a) Monthly accounts payable, accounts receivable and deferred Revenue schedules, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, within 30 days after the end of each month.
(b) Monthly unaudited consolidated Financial Statements, as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month.
(c) Monthly Compliance Certificates within 30 days after the end of each month and at each Loan request, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower, certifying that as of the end of such month or as at such date of Loan request Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Schedule and such other information as PFG shall reasonably request.
(d) Updates to the Representations, as and when required to render the information therein true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects and no less frequently than quarterly.
(e) Annual Borrower Board-approved Budgets and Forecasts, within the earlier of 30 days of approval by Borrower’s Board or when available.

 

-4-


            Partners for Growth Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

(f) Annual consolidated and consolidating Financial Statements, as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent certified public accountants acceptable to PFG. Borrowers current independent certified public accountants, Baker Tilly Virchow Krause is acceptable to PFG. If Borrower is required to file and is current in its filings of Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the same is available within said period through EDGAR, this requirement will be deemed satisfied.
(g) Upon PFG request, copies of all reports and statements provided by Borrower to the Senior Lender.

 

 

 

7. BORROWER INFORMATION:
Borrower represents and warrants that the information set forth in the Representations and Warranties of Borrower dated April 17, 2015, previously submitted to PFG (the “Representations”) is true and correct as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

8. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
(a) Senior Lender.

(1)

Senior Lender . As used herein, “Senior Lender” means Silicon Valley Bank, and “Senior Loan Documents” means all present and future documents instruments and agreements entered into between Borrower and Senior Lender or by third parties relating to Borrower and Senior Lender.
(2) Senior Debt Limit. Borrower shall not permit the total Indebtedness of Borrower to Senior Lender, other than Non-Overdue Senior Monetary Obligations and up to $200,000 in Bank Services (as defined in the Senior Loan Documents), at any time to exceed the sum of (A) $4,000,000 under the Revolving Line, plus (B) the outstanding principal balance at any time under the SVB Term Loan (the “Senior Debt Limit”), including, but not limited to, monies borrowed by Borrower, interest on loans due from Borrower, Lender Expenses for which Borrower is obligated, sums due from Borrower in connection with issuance of commercial letters of credit, issuance of forward contracts for

 

-5-


            Partners for Growth Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

foreign exchange reserve, and any other direct or indirect financial accommodation Senior Lender may provide to Borrower. Principal under the SVB Term Loan may not be reborrowed by Borrower without PFG’s consent, in its business discretion.
(3) Senior Loan Documents. Borrower represents and warrants that it has provided PFG with true and complete copies of all existing Senior Loan Documents, and Borrower covenants that it will, in the future, provide PFG with true and complete copies of any future Senior Loan Documents, including without limitation any amendments to any existing Senior Loan Documents.
(b) Collateral Accounts. Concurrently, Borrower shall cause the banks and other institutions where its Collateral Accounts are maintained to enter into Control Agreements with PFG, in form and substance legally sufficient and otherwise satisfactory to PFG in its good faith business judgment and sufficient to perfect PFG’s security interest in said Collateral Accounts, subject to the security interest of the Senior Lender. Said Control Agreements shall permit PFG, upon a Default, to exercise exclusive control over said Collateral Accounts and proceeds thereof (subject to the rights of the Senior Lender). As a continuing obligation, all primary operating accounts and excess Cash of Borrower shall be maintained with the Senior Lender and its affiliates.
(c) Subordination of Inside Debt . All present and future indebtedness of Borrower to its officers, directors and shareholders (“Inside Debt”) shall, at all times, be subordinated to the Lien of PFG in respect of and prior payment of Obligations. Borrower represents and warrants that there is no Inside Debt presently outstanding, except as set forth in Exhibit A . Prior to incurring any Inside Debt in the future, Borrower shall cause the person to whom such Inside Debt will be owed to execute and deliver to PFG a subordination agreement on PFG’s standard form.

 

 

 

9. CONDITIONS
In addition to any other conditions to the Loan set out in this Agreement, PFG will not make any Loan until PFG shall have received from Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to PFG, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as PFG may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including that there shall be

 

-6-


            Partners for Growth Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

no discovery of any facts or circumstances which would, as determined by PFG in its sole discretion, negatively affect or be reasonably expected to negatively affect the collectability of the Obligations, PFG’s security interest in Borrower’s Collateral or the value thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower agrees to deliver to PFG each item required to be delivered to PFG under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Loan. Borrower expressly agrees that a Loan made prior to the receipt by PFG of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by PFG of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Loan in the absence of a required item shall be in PFG’s sole discretion. Without limiting the foregoing, as a condition to the Loan, Borrower shall provide:
(i) duly executed original signatures of Borrower to the Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, including without limitation, this Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement and related Collateral Agreements and Notices, landlord consents and bailee waivers, and subordination agreements among PFG, Borrower and holders of Subordinated Debt;
(ii) Borrower’s Constitutional Documents and, where applicable, a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State or other Governmental Body of the jurisdiction of formation of Borrower, as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date hereof;
(iii) A Certificate of Incumbency and a Secretary’s Certificate certifying the Constitutional Documents of Borrower and resolutions of the Board of Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party, including in the case of Parent, the Warrant;
(iv) Control Agreements as required by Section 8(b) of this Schedule, duly executed by Borrower and each relevant depositary institution in favor of PFG, including from Silicon Valley Bank;
(v) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of Security Instrument searches, as PFG shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such Security Instruments either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the Loan, will be terminated or released;
(vi) the Representations, duly executed by Borrower,
(vii) landlord consents executed in favor of PFG by Borrower’s principal office lessor in respect of its premises in Madison, Wisconsin and, if required by PFG, each other premises where Borrower holds Collateral with a fair value in excess of $10,000, and

 

-7-


            Partners for Growth Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement        
 

 

 

warehouseman’s/bailee waivers in respect of third party premises where Collateral with a fair value in excess of $10,000 is stored or housed, including Borrower’s facilities at Embedtek (Hartland, WI), 5Nines (Madison, WI) and TDS (Madison, WI);
(viii) duly executed Warrants in favor of PFG and its designees (the “PFG Warrant”) to purchase up to 50,000 Common Shares of Borrower, in agreed form;
(ix) the insurance policies and/or endorsements required pursuant to Section 4.3;
(x) payment of the Fees specified in Section 3 of this Schedule and Lender Expenses incurred in connection with the Loan;
(xi) any third party consents required in order for Borrower to enter into and perform the Loan Documents;
(xii) execution and delivery of a subordination agreement between PFG and the Senior Lender in respect of obligations under this Agreement;
(xiii) PFG shall have received true, correct and current copies of the Senior Loan Documents; and
(xiv) to the extent that the conditions to this Agreement have not been completed as of the Effective Date, a post-closing obligations letter in PFG’s customary form by which PFG waives or defers performance of such conditions as PFG is willing to defer in its sole business discretion.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-8-


 

 

 

Borrower: PFG:
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
By

 

By

 

President or Vice President
By

 

Name:

 

Secretary or Ass’t Secretary
Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its General Partner

 

- Signature Page to Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement -


Exhibit A to Loan and Security Agreement

Section 7 – “Permitted Indebtedness” – Other Existing Permitted Indebtedness:

Section 8 – “Permitted Investments” – Other Existing Permitted Investments:

Section 8 – “Permitted Liens” – Other Permitted Liens:

“Inside Debt”:


Exhibit B to Loan and Security Agreement – Compliance Certificate

Exhibit 10.28

WARRANT

THIS WARRANT (“WARRANT”) TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE CAPITAL OF SONIC FOUNDRY, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) IS ISSUED ON THE ISSUE DATE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P. (THE “LOAN AGREEMENT”). THIS WARRANT IS SOLD IN A PRIVATE TRANSACTION, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS IS AVAILABLE.

 

Company: Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Warrant Stock: Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
Number of Shares: Up to 30,000, subject to adjustment
Exchange Price: $9.66 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date: May 14, 2015
Expiration Date: May 14, 2020

The term “ Holder ” shall initially refer to Partners for Growth IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which is the initial holder of this Warrant and shall further refer to any subsequent permitted holder of this Warrant from time to time.

The Company does hereby certify and agree that in consideration of Holder’s payment of $3,138 for this Warrant on the Issue Date (such dollar amount, exclusive of the Exchange Price payable or creditable upon Exercise or Exchange of this Warrant, the “Purchase Price”), Holder, or its permitted successors and assigns, hereby is entitled, subject to Sections 1.8 and 1.9 hereof, to Exchange or Exercise this Warrant in the Company for up to Thirty Thousand (30,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Warrant Stock”). This Warrant is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Warrant have their meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement defined in the heading between the Company and Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“ PFG ”). When the term “convert” or “conversion” in relation to the Warrant is used herein, it includes an Exchange and an Exercise, each as defined in Section 1.3(a), below, as applicable.

Section 1. Term, Price and Exchange of Warrant.

1.1 Term of Warrant . This Warrant shall be convertible for a period of five (5) years after the Issue Date (hereinafter referred to as the “ Expiration Date ”).


1.2 Exchange Price . The price per Share at which the shares of Warrant Stock are issuable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be $9.66 per Warrant Share (the “ Exchange Price ”).

1.3 Conversion of Warrant .

(a) This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Election to Exchange or Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Election ”) duly completed and executed with “Exercise” selected as the mode of conversion, and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for the number of shares of Warrant Stock in respect of which this Warrant is then being exercised (an “Exercise”). In whole or in part in lieu of an Exercise, Holder may convert this Warrant on a cashless basis by so indicating in the Election and proceeding in accordance with the remainder of this Section 1.3 (an “Exchange”). In each above case, Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company at its then principal offices, together with the Election duly completed and executed.

(b) Upon an Exchange, the Holder shall receive shares of Warrant Stock such that, without the payment of any funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in exchange for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal to “X” (as defined below), computed using the following formula:

 

Y * (A-B)
X  =

 

A
Where
X = the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder
Y = the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be converted under this Warrant
A = the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Share
B = the Exchange Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations)
* = multiplied by

(c) For purposes of this Warrant, the “Fair Market Value” of one Warrant Share shall be (i) if the Company’s securities become listed on a national or international stock exchange, the average closing sale price reported on such exchange for such listed securities during the 90-trading day period immediately prior to the date Holder delivers its Election to the Company, or (ii) if the Company’s securities are traded over-the-counter, the average of bid and ask price for such securities over the 90-trading day period immediately prior to the day Holder delivers its Election to the Company, in each case of (i) and (ii), above, if the shares of Warrant Stock are convertible into such listed or over-the-counter traded securities other than on a one-to-one basis, multiplied by the ratio at which one Warrant Share converts into such other security. If the Company’s securities are not listed or traded as contemplated in clauses (i) or (ii), above, the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Stock shall be the price per Warrant Share which the

 

2


Company could obtain from a willing buyer of shares of Warrant Stock sold by the Company from its authorized but unissued Shares, initially as the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall determine in its reasonable good faith judgment, subject to Holder’s valuation rights below, but in no event less than the price to which a holder of Warrant Stock would be entitled based on a valuation of the Company as a going concern and the application of the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s outstanding securities as set forth in the Company’s Constitutional Documents, without discount for minority, control or lack of marketability. If the Warrant is to be converted in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of a Warrant Share shall be based on the enterprise value specified or implied in such Acquisition and shall be the greater of (A) the value attributable to the Warrant Stock and (B) the value attributable to the Company securities into which the shares of Warrant Stock are (or may be) convertible (but subject to Holder’s conversion directly into such other Company securities).

(b) In the event that Holder converts this Warrant in connection with a transaction in which shares of the same class and series as the Warrant Stock are converted into another security, Holder may effect a conversion directly into such other security.

(c) Subject to Section 2 hereof, upon delivery of the duly completed and executed Election, the Company shall issue and deliver within four (4) business days to Holder or such other person as Holder may designate in writing a certificate or certificates or other legal evidence of Holder’s ownership of the number of shares of Warrant Stock so acquired upon the conversion of this Warrant. Such certificate(s) or other legal evidence shall be deemed to have been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a stockholder of the Company and a holder of record of such shares of Warrant Stock as of the date the Election is delivered to the Company, provided, however, Holder’s admission as a stockholder shall be subject to Holder’s execution and delivery of such agreements as may be required of all stockholders or of an accession or similar agreement by which Holder agrees to be bound by such agreements. If this Warrant is converted in part, a new warrant substantially identical to this Warrant for the number of Shares not converted shall be promptly executed and delivered to Holder by the Company.

1.4 Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would be issuable upon the conversion of this Warrant (or any portion thereof), the Company shall purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of a Warrant Share as determined by the Board in its reasonable judgment.

1.5 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Warrant:

Acquisition ” means, in any single transaction or series of related transactions: (i) any sale or other disposition (including exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in whatever form and however consummated, or (ii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or acquisition of the Company or a Controlling interest in the Company.

 

3


An “ Affiliate ” of, or person “affiliated” with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, beneficially owns or is beneficially owned, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified, and any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the Shares of Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

Constitutional Documents ” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated, as applicable), Bylaws and agreements between or among the Company and holders of any class or series of its stock.

Control ” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect through one or more Affiliates, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership or voting of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Person ” or “ person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity of any kind.

1.6 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . Upon the Expiration Date, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be Exchanged for the cash sum set forth in Section 1.8 as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which this Warrant has become convertible and for which it shall not previously have been converted for Warrant Stock (or if not then outstanding, into such other class and series of securities into which the Warrant Stock is then convertible).

1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company . Upon the closing of any Acquisition, without limiting or prejudicing Holder’s right to convert this Warrant under Section 1.3 or exercise its “put” rights under Section 1.8 (in each case with respect to the Warrant Stock that may then be converted or put) the surviving entity shall, as a condition to the Acquisition, either (i) assume the obligations under this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be convertible into the same securities as would be payable for the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion of the unconverted portion of this Warrant as if such shares of Warrant Stock were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition (and the Exchange Price and/or number of shares of Warrant Stock shall be adjusted accordingly); or (ii) the Company or other surviving entity in such Acquisition shall, upon initial closing of such Acquisition purchase this Warrant at its “Fair Value” (the “Purchase Price”). For purposes hereof, “Fair Value” means that value determined by the parties using a Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model (the “Black-Scholes Calculation”) with the following assumptions: (A) a risk-free interest rate equal to the risk-free interest rate at the time of the closing of the Acquisition (or as close thereto as practicable), (B) a contractual life of the Warrant equal to the remaining term of this

 

4


Warrant as of the date of the announcement of the Acquisition, (C) an annual dividend yield equal to dividends payable or declared on the underlying shares of Warrant Stock (including securities into which the shares of Warrant Stock may be convertible) during the term of this Warrant (calculated on an annual basis), and (D) a volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s Shares comprised of: (1) if the Company is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, (2) if the Shares are traded over-the-counter, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, or (3) if the Company is a non-public company, the volatility, over the one year period prior to the Acquisition, of an average of publicly-traded companies in the same or similar industry to the Company with such companies having similar revenues. The Purchase Price determined in accordance with the above shall be paid upon the initial closing of the Acquisition and shall not be subject to any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments; provided, however, the parties may take such post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account in determining the Purchase Price, and if the parties take any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account, then upon the partial or complete removal of those post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments, a new Black-Scholes Calculation would be made using all of the same inputs except for the value of the Company’s Shares (as determined under subclause (D)), and any increase in Fair Value (and, correspondingly, Purchase Price), including, without limitation, as a result of any earn-out or escrowed consideration, would be paid in full to Holder immediately after those post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments can be determined or achieved.

1.8 Warrant Put . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Warrant, in the event of (i) any Acquisition of the Company, (ii) any liquidation of the Company, (iii) any liquidation or deemed liquidation of the Company under its Constitutional Documents, or (iv) the expiry of this Warrant, Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to exchange this Warrant (the “ Put Right ”) for the cash sum of $120,000 (the “ Exchange Put Price ”); provided, however, if the Company does not draw Tranche 2 under the Loan Agreement, the Exchange Put Price shall be $90,000. The Exchange Put Price shall be adjusted on a relative percentage basis to the extent that Holder has converted any part of this Warrant and later exercises its Put Right. Except as to a put effected under Section 1.6, Holder shall exercise such Put Right by written notice as provided in this Warrant and, upon receipt by the Company of such notice, the Expiration Date of this Warrant shall be deemed extended until such time as the Company has paid the Exchange Put Price to Holder. The Company shall promptly (and in no event later than (five) 5 business days of Holder’s notice to the Company) pay the Exchange Put Price to Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if the Warrant Stock (i) is publicly traded at a price that is greater than 300% of the Exchange Price for at least twenty (20) consecutive trading days, (ii) the Warrant Stock is freely tradable by Holder and (iii) there is sufficient trading volume to enable Holder to sell its Warrant Stock over a ten (10) consecutive trading day period without materially and adversely impacting the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock, then Holder’s right to “put” the Warrant Stock under this Section 1.8 shall terminate. Whether the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) have been satisfied shall be a matter of Holder’s reasonable good faith business judgment, the basis therefor shall notified to the Company and binding on the parties.

 

5


1.9 Reduction in Number of Shares . The parties acknowledge that the loans under the Loan Agreement are to be disbursed in two tranches (“Tranche 1” and “Tranche 2” as defined in the Loan Agreement). 22,500 shares of Warrant Stock are immediately convertible on the Issue Date. 7,500 shares of Warrant Stock automatically become convertible if and when the Company draws Tranche 2 under the Loan Agreement.

Section 2. Exchange and Transfer of Warrant.

(a) This Warrant may be transferred, in whole or in part, without restriction, subject only to (i) Holder’s compliance with applicable securities laws (which, in the case of Affiliates, shall be deemed satisfied by Holder (and transferee) certification of Affiliate status), and (ii) the transferee holder of the new Warrant assuming the obligations of Holder set forth in this Warrant. A transfer may be registered with the Company by submission to it of the annexed Assignment Form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly completed and executed. After the Company’s registration of a transfer of this Warrant, the Company will issue and deliver to the transferee a new warrant (representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred) upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant and in substantially identical form, which the Company will register in the new holder’s name. In the event of registration of a partial transfer of this Warrant, the Company shall concurrently issue and deliver to the transferring holder a new warrant that entitles the transferring holder to the balance of this Warrant not so transferred and that otherwise is upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant. Upon the delivery of this Warrant for transfer, the transferee holder shall for all purposes become the holder of the new warrant issued for the portion of this Warrant so transferred, irrespective of the date of actual delivery of the new warrant representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred.

(b) In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver an identical new warrant to Holder in substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such event, and (ii) if requested by the Company, an indemnity agreement in reasonable and customary form.

(c) The Company shall pay its own and all Holder’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the conversion, transfer or replacement of this Warrant, including, without limitation, securities compliance, the costs of preparation, execution and delivery of a new warrant and of certificates or other legal evidence of all Warrant Stock.

Section 3. Certain Covenants.

(a) The Company shall ensure that any approval of its stockholders required for issuance of this Warrant and of the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion

 

6


hereof (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include any securities into which shares of Warrant Stock are or become convertible) remains in full force and effect until the earlier of conversion or the Expiration Date.

(b) The Company will not, by amendment of its Constitutional Documents or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale of assets or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will from time to time take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant.

(c) So long as Holder or any of its Affiliates holds this Warrant and/or the Warrant Stock, the Company shall deliver to Holder such reports as it provides to any holders of securities of the same class and series as the Warrant Stock, as and when delivered to such holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will provide quarterly and annual financial statements and such other information as such Holder may reasonably request and that the Company may lawfully provide at such time under applicable securities laws so long as such statements are not publicly available.

(d) The Company shall not treat the Warrant or the shares of Warrant Stock as being granted or issued as property transferred in connection with the performance of services or otherwise as compensation for services rendered.

(e) The Company shall not characterize the Warrant as an ownership interest in the Company or Holder as a stockholder of the Company until such time as Holder converts the Warrant for shares of Warrant Stock.

Section 4. Adjustments to Number of Shares of Warrant Stock, Etc.

4.1 Adjustments . In order to prevent dilution of the rights granted hereunder, the Number of Shares and Exchange Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Exchange Price pursuant to this Section 4, Holder shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon conversion, at the Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock obtainable by multiplying the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock acquirable immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the new Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment.

4.2 Subdivisions, Combinations and Stock Dividends . If the Company shall at any time subdivide by split-up or otherwise, the class and series of Company securities into which the Warrant could then be converted into a greater number of shares, or issue additional securities as a dividend, bonus issue or otherwise with respect to such securities into which the Warrant could be converted, then the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or share dividend or bonus issue shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares acquirable upon exchange hereunder

 

7


shall be proportionately increased. Conversely, if the class and series of Company securities into which the Warrant could then be converted are combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

4.3 Reclassification, Exchange, Substitutions, Etc. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Warrant Stock if this Warrant had been converted immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Warrant Stock to Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Constitutional Documents upon the closing of a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exchange of the new Warrant. The provisions of Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive subdivisions, combinations, Share dividends, distributions, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, and dilutive events.

4.4 Notices of Record Date, Etc . In the event that the Company shall:

(1) declare or propose to declare any dividend upon Company securities, whether payable in cash, property, shares or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend, or

(2) offer for sale any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock in any transaction that would give rise (regardless of waivers thereof) to pre-emptive rights of any class or series of shareholders, or

(3) effect or approve any reclassification, exchange, substitution or recapitalization of the capital shares of the Company, including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (including an assignment for the benefit of creditors), or

(4) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in registration of the Company’s securities, or

(5) offer stockholders the opportunity to participate in any further public offering of the Company’s securities,

 

8


then , in connection with such event, the Company shall give to Holder:

(i) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such a distribution or offer in respect of the matters referred to in (1) or (2) above, or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (3) above; and

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (4) and (5) above, the greater of (A) ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place and (B) the date that notice is or is required to be given to any stockholder.

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (1) shall also specify, in the case of any such distribution, the date on which the holders of Company securities shall be entitled thereto and the terms of such distribution, and such notice in accordance with clause (2) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Company securities shall be entitled to convert their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, exchange, substitution, consolidation, merger or sale, as the case may be, and the terms of such exchange. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this Warrant at the address of Holder.

4.6 Adjustment for Capitalization Table Errors . The parties acknowledge their mutual agreement that the initial Number of Shares is based on the capitalization of the Company being in all material respects as represented to Holder and appended hereto as Exhibit C. If the fully-diluted equity of the Company is not, as of the Issue Date, in fact as represented in Exhibit C, the Number of Shares and / or Exchange Price shall be equitably adjusted under Section 4.7.

4.7 Adjustments by Board . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the rights of Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights.

4.8 Officer’s Statement as to Adjustments . Whenever the Number of Shares subject to this Warrant is required to be or is adjusted as provided in Section 4, the Company shall forthwith file at the office designated for the conversion of this Warrant a statement, signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the number of issuable shares of Warrant Stock that will be effective after such adjustment. If such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an event referred to in Section 4.3, such notice shall be included as part of the notice required to be mailed or published under the provisions of Section 4.4.

 

9


4.9 Issue of Securities other than Warrant Stock . In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 4, Holder thereafter shall become entitled to receive any securities of the Company, other than Warrant Stock, thereafter the number of such other securities so receivable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Stock contained in Section 4.

Section 5. Rights of the Warrant Holder.

This Warrant shall entitle Holder, upon Conversion, to the benefit of all rights as are applicable to any stockholder of the Company holding shares that are the same class and series as the Warrant Stock.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Holder that:

6.1 Corporate Power; Authorization . The Company has all requisite corporate power and has taken all requisite corporate action to execute and deliver this Warrant, to issue the Warrant and Warrant Stock and to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. Any person executing this Warrant on behalf of the Company is a duly authorized officer of the Company with all necessary legal authority to bind the Company generally and with the specific legal authority to cause the Company to execute and deliver this Warrant.

6.2 Validity of Securities . This Warrant, when sold by the Company against the consideration therefor as provided herein, will be validly authorized, issued and fully paid. The issuance and delivery of the Warrant is not subject to any consent, approval, preemptive or any similar rights of the shareholders of the Company (which has not been duly secured or waived), including without limitation any pre-emptive rights, or any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable securities laws; and when and if shares of Warrant Stock are issued upon conversion and in accordance with the terms hereof and this Warrant is converted for such Warrant Stock, such securities will be, at each such issuance, validly issued shares of Warrant Stock in the Company’s capital, in compliance with all applicable securities laws and free of any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, in the Constitutional Documents or under such applicable securities laws.

6.3 A true, correct and current copy of the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation is appended as Exhibit D hereto. Except as specified in Exhibit C, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other contractual rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of the

 

10


Company’s capital stock or other securities. Assuming the issuance of all Warrants issuable hereunder, Holder would own as of the Issue Date 0.5075328% of the fully-diluted equity of the Company.

6.4 No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit, under, any provision of the Company’s Constitutional Documents, as amended, or any mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, its properties or assets, the effect of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or materially impair or restrict its power to perform its obligations as contemplated hereby.

6.5 Governmental and other Consents . As at the Issue Date, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock, except such filings as shall have been made prior to and shall be effective on and as of the date hereof. All Company and stockholder consents required in connection with issuance of the Warrant and Warrant Stock have either been obtained by the Company or no such consents are required.

6.6 Exempt from Registration . As at the Issue Date, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Holder in Section 7 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock will be exempt from any registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration and qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws.

6.7 Delivery of Information; Accuracy . The Company acknowledges its delivery of certain Representations and Warranties in connection with the Loan Agreement and this Warrant (the “Representation Letter”) to PFG, which Representations and Warranties form the basis for Holder purchasing this Warrant. As at the Issue Date, the information contained in the Representation Letter and all documents, instruments and other information delivered to Holder in connection therewith are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects.

Section 7. Representations and Warranties of Holder . Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the Issue Date as follows:

7.1 Investment Experience . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and was not organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Holder has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the purchase of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock.

 

11


7.2 Investment Intent . Holder is purchasing the Warrant for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act. Holder understands that the Warrant has not been registered under the Securities Act or registered or qualified under any state securities law in reliance on specific exemptions therefrom, which exemptions may depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

7.3 Authorization . Holder has all requisite power and has taken all requisite action required of it to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Holder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms herein will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of Holder’s constitutional documents or instruments. Any person executing this Warrant on behalf of Holder is a duly authorized officer of Holder with all necessary legal authority to bind Holder generally and with the specific legal authority to cause Holder to execute and deliver this Warrant.

Section 8. Restrictive Securities Legend.

This Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under any securities laws. Accordingly, any Share certificates issued pursuant to the conversion of this Warrant shall (until receipt of an opinion of counsel in customary form that such legend is no longer necessary) bear the following legend:

THIS WARRANT AND THE WARRANT SHARES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OF DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN CUSTOMARY FORM THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

 

12


Section 9. Notices.

All notices to be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be given: (i) personally, or (ii) by reputable private delivery service, (iii) by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, or (iv) by fax, or (v) by electronic mail. If sent by fax or electronic mail, such notice shall also be sent concurrently by one of the other methods provided herein. Notices may be sent to the parties in accordance with their contact details specified below or to any other address, fax number or electronic mail address later designated in writing by a party. All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or two Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid, or upon receipt during the Business Day where received in the case of notices sent by fax or electronic mail, but subject to reasonably concurrent transmission by another method, as specified above. The addresses for such communications shall be:

if to Holder, at

Partners for Growth IV, L.P.

150 Pacific Avenue

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (415) 781-0510

Email: Notices@pfgrowth.com

with a copy (not constituting notice) to

Greenspan Law Office

Attn: Benjamin Greenspan, Esq.

620 Laguna Road

Mill Valley, CA 94941

Fax: (415) 738-5371

Email: ben@greenspan-law.com

with the original of this Warrant and any replacement, restatement or reissue of this Warrant to be delivered to:

Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.

555 California Street, Suite 4900

San Francisco, CA 94104

ATTN: John Fitzgibbons

Phone # 415-627-3225

Email: JFitzgibbons@rwbaird.com

 

13


or

if to the Company, at

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

222 W. Washington Avenue

Madison, WI 53703

Fax: (608) 443-1609

Email: kenm@sonicfoundry.com

Attn: Ken Minor

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

McBreen and Kopko

20 North Wacker Dr., Suite 2520

Chicago, IL 60606

Fax: (312) 332-2657

Email: jstern@mmklaw.com

Each party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 7 by giving at least 10 calendar days’ notice of such changes address to the other party hereto.

Section 8. Amendments and Waivers.

This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

Section 9. Applicable Law; Severability.

This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Warrant, or any application of any provision thereof, shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and all other applications of any provision thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10. Construction.

Section headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience. The Company and Holder each acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable Section, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement. This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against either party under any rule of construction or otherwise.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY: ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. HOLDER:
Partners for Growth IV, L.P.
By:

/s/ Ken Minor

By:

/s/ Lorraine Nield

Name:

Ken Minor

Name:

Lorraine Nield

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Title:

Manager of Partners for Growth IV, LLC,

Its General Partner

PFG – Sonic Foundry Warrant Signature Page


Exhibit A

 

To: SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

ELECTION TO EXCHANGE OR EXERCISE

The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exchange its Warrant for                      fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable:

¨ Shares

The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exercise its Warrant for                      fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable:

¨ Shares

[check one box]

covered by the attached Warrant in accordance with the terms thereof.

and requests that certificates or other legal evidence of ownership of such Shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

[Holder]
By

 

Name:
Title:


Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To: SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

The undersigned hereby assigns and transfers this Warrant to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)

 

 

and irrevocably appoints                                          to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company.

 

Date:

 

Partners For Growth IV, L.P.
By

 

Name:                     , Manager of Partners for Growth IV, LLC, Its General Partner


Exhibit C - Capitalization Table

 

Shares outstanding

  4,351,203   

Options and warrants

  1,559,745   

Fully diluted

  5,910,948   

Warrants issued to PFG and designees

  50,000   


Exhibit D – Articles of Incorporation

Exhibit 10.29

WARRANT

THIS WARRANT (“WARRANT”) TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE CAPITAL OF SONIC FOUNDRY, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) IS ISSUED ON THE ISSUE DATE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P. (THE “LOAN AGREEMENT”). THIS WARRANT IS SOLD IN A PRIVATE TRANSACTION, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS IS AVAILABLE.

 

Company: Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Warrant Stock: Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
Number of Shares: Up to 17,600, subject to adjustment
Exchange Price: $9.66 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date: May 14, 2015
Expiration Date: May 14, 2020

The term “ Holder ” shall initially refer to Silicon Valley Bank, a California chartered bank, which is the initial holder of this Warrant and shall further refer to any subsequent permitted holder of this Warrant from time to time.

The Company (as defined in the legend) does hereby certify and agree that, for good and valuable consideration receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company, Holder and its permitted successors and assigns, are hereby entitled, subject to Sections 1.8 and 1.9 hereof, to Exchange or Exercise this Warrant in the Company for up Seventeen Thousand Six Hundred (17,600) shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Warrant Stock”). This Warrant is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Warrant have their meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement defined in the heading between the Company and Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“ PFG ”). When the term “convert” or “conversion” in relation to the Warrant is used herein, it includes an Exchange and an Exercise, each as defined in Section 1.3(a), below, as applicable.

Section 1. Term, Price and Exchange of Warrant.

1.1 Term of Warrant . This Warrant shall be convertible for a period of five (5) years after the Issue Date (hereinafter referred to as the “ Expiration Date ”).

1.2 Exchange Price . The price per Share at which the shares of Warrant Stock are issuable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be $9.66 per Warrant Share (the “ Exchange Price ”).


1.3 Conversion of Warrant .

(a) This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Election to Exchange or Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Election ”) duly completed and executed with “Exercise” selected as the mode of conversion, and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for the number of shares of Warrant Stock in respect of which this Warrant is then being exercised (an “Exercise”). In whole or in part in lieu of an Exercise, Holder may convert this Warrant on a cashless basis by so indicating in the Election and proceeding in accordance with the remainder of this Section 1.3 (an “Exchange”). In each above case, Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company at its then principal offices, together with the Election duly completed and executed.

(b) Upon an Exchange, the Holder shall receive shares of Warrant Stock such that, without the payment of any funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in exchange for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal to “X” (as defined below), computed using the following formula:

 

X   =       Y * (A-B)    
     

 

A    

Where

 

X     =     the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder
Y = the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be converted under this Warrant
A = the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Share
B = the Exchange Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations)
* = multiplied by

(c) For purposes of this Warrant, the “Fair Market Value” of one Warrant Share shall be (i) if the Company’s securities become listed on a national or international stock exchange, the average closing sale price reported on such exchange for such listed securities during the 90-trading day period immediately prior to the date Holder delivers its Election to the Company, or (ii) if the Company’s securities are traded over-the-counter, the average of bid and ask price for such securities over the 90-trading day period immediately prior to the day Holder delivers its Election to the Company, in each case of (i) and (ii), above, if the shares of Warrant Stock are convertible into such listed or over-the-counter traded securities other than on a one-to-one basis, multiplied by the ratio at which one Warrant Share converts into such other security. If the Company’s securities are not listed or traded as contemplated in clauses (i) or (ii), above, the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Stock shall be the price per Warrant Share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer of shares of Warrant Stock sold by the Company from its authorized but unissued Shares, initially as the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall determine in its reasonable good faith judgment, subject to

 

2


Holder’s valuation rights below, but in no event less than the price to which a holder of Warrant Stock would be entitled based on a valuation of the Company as a going concern and the application of the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s outstanding securities as set forth in the Company’s Constitutional Documents, without discount for minority, control or lack of marketability. If the Warrant is to be converted in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of a Warrant Share shall be based on the enterprise value specified or implied in such Acquisition and shall be the greater of (A) the value attributable to the Warrant Stock and (B) the value attributable to the Company securities into which the shares of Warrant Stock are (or may be) convertible (but subject to Holder’s conversion directly into such other Company securities).

(b) In the event that Holder converts this Warrant in connection with a transaction in which shares of the same class and series as the Warrant Stock are converted into another security, Holder may effect a conversion directly into such other security.

(c) Subject to Section 2 hereof, upon delivery of the duly completed and executed Election, the Company shall issue and deliver within four (4) business days to Holder or such other person as Holder may designate in writing a certificate or certificates or other legal evidence of Holder’s ownership of the number of shares of Warrant Stock so acquired upon the conversion of this Warrant. Such certificate(s) or other legal evidence shall be deemed to have been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a stockholder of the Company and a holder of record of such shares of Warrant Stock as of the date the Election is delivered to the Company, provided, however, Holder’s admission as a stockholder shall be subject to Holder’s execution and delivery of such agreements as may be required of all stockholders or of an accession or similar agreement by which Holder agrees to be bound by such agreements. If this Warrant is converted in part, a new warrant substantially identical to this Warrant for the number of Shares not converted shall be promptly executed and delivered to Holder by the Company.

1.4 Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would be issuable upon the conversion of this Warrant (or any portion thereof), the Company shall purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of a Warrant Share as determined by the Board in its reasonable judgment.

1.5 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Warrant:

Acquisition ” means, in any single transaction or series of related transactions: (i) any sale or other disposition (including exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in whatever form and however consummated, or (ii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or acquisition of the Company or a Controlling interest in the Company.

An “ Affiliate ” of, or person “affiliated” with, a specified Person, is a

 

3


Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, beneficially owns or is beneficially owned, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified, and any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the Shares of Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

Constitutional Documents ” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated, as applicable), Bylaws and agreements between or among the Company and holders of any class or series of its stock.

Control ” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect through one or more Affiliates, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership or voting of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Person ” or “ person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity of any kind.

1.6 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . Upon the Expiration Date, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be Exchanged for the cash sum set forth in Section 1.8 as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which this Warrant has become convertible and for which it shall not previously have been converted for Warrant Stock (or if not then outstanding, into such other class and series of securities into which the Warrant Stock is then convertible).

1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company . Upon the closing of any Acquisition, without limiting or prejudicing Holder’s right to convert this Warrant under Section 1.3 or exercise its “put” rights under Section 1.8 (in each case with respect to the Warrant Stock that may then be converted or put) the surviving entity shall, as a condition to the Acquisition, either (i) assume the obligations under this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be convertible into the same securities as would be payable for the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion of the unconverted portion of this Warrant as if such shares of Warrant Stock were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition (and the Exchange Price and/or number of shares of Warrant Stock shall be adjusted accordingly); or (ii) the Company or other surviving entity in such Acquisition shall, upon initial closing of such Acquisition purchase this Warrant at its “Fair Value” (the “Purchase Price”). For purposes hereof, “Fair Value” means that value determined by the parties using a Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model (the “Black-Scholes Calculation”) with the following assumptions: (A) a risk-free interest rate equal to the risk-free interest rate at the time of the closing of the Acquisition (or as close thereto as practicable), (B) a contractual life of the Warrant equal to the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of the announcement of the Acquisition, (C) an annual dividend yield equal to dividends payable or declared on the underlying shares of Warrant Stock (including securities into which the shares of Warrant Stock may be convertible) during the term of this Warrant (calculated on an annual basis), and (D) a volatility factor of the

 

4


expected market price of the Company’s Shares comprised of: (1) if the Company is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, (2) if the Shares are traded over-the-counter, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, or (3) if the Company is a non-public company, the volatility, over the one year period prior to the Acquisition, of an average of publicly-traded companies in the same or similar industry to the Company with such companies having similar revenues. The Purchase Price determined in accordance with the above shall be paid upon the initial closing of the Acquisition and shall not be subject to any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments; provided, however, the parties may take such post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account in determining the Purchase Price, and if the parties take any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account, then upon the partial or complete removal of those post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments, a new Black-Scholes Calculation would be made using all of the same inputs except for the value of the Company’s Shares (as determined under subclause (D)), and any increase in Fair Value (and, correspondingly, Purchase Price), including, without limitation, as a result of any earn-out or escrowed consideration, would be paid in full to Holder immediately after those post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments can be determined or achieved.

1.8 Warrant Put . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Warrant, in the event of (i) any Acquisition of the Company, (ii) any liquidation of the Company, (iii) any liquidation or deemed liquidation of the Company under its Constitutional Documents, or (iv) the expiry of this Warrant, Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to exchange this Warrant (the “ Put Right ”) for the cash sum of $70,400 (the “ Exchange Put Price ”); provided, however, if the Company does not draw Tranche 2 under the Loan Agreement, the Exchange Put Price shall be $52,800. The Exchange Put Price shall be adjusted on a relative percentage basis to the extent that Holder has converted any part of this Warrant and later exercises its Put Right. Except as to a put effected under Section 1.6, Holder shall exercise such Put Right by written notice as provided in this Warrant and, upon receipt by the Company of such notice, the Expiration Date of this Warrant shall be deemed extended until such time as the Company has paid the Exchange Put Price to Holder. The Company shall promptly (and in no event later than (five) 5 business days of Holder’s notice to the Company) pay the Exchange Put Price to Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if the Warrant Stock (i) is publicly traded at a price that is greater than 300% of the Exchange Price for at least twenty (20) consecutive trading days, (ii) the Warrant Stock is freely tradable by Holder and (iii) there is sufficient trading volume to enable Holder to sell its Warrant Stock over a ten (10) consecutive trading day period without materially and adversely impacting the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock, then Holder’s right to “put” the Warrant Stock under this Section 1.8 shall terminate. Whether the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) have been satisfied shall be a matter of Holder’s reasonable good faith business judgment, the basis therefor shall notified to the Company and binding on the parties.

 

5


1.9 Reduction in Number of Shares . The parties acknowledge that the loans under the Loan Agreement are to be disbursed in two tranches (“Tranche 1” and “Tranche 2” as defined in the Loan Agreement). 13,200 shares of Warrant Stock are immediately convertible on the Issue Date. 4,400 shares of Warrant Stock automatically become convertible if and when the Company draws Tranche 2 under the Loan Agreement.

Section 2. Exchange and Transfer of Warrant.

(a) This Warrant may be transferred, in whole or in part, without restriction, subject only to (i) Holder’s compliance with applicable securities laws (which, in the case of Affiliates, shall be deeded satisfied by Holder (and transferee) certification of Affiliate status), and (ii) the transferee holder of the new Warrant assuming the obligations of Holder set forth in this Warrant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) immediately after issue of this Warrant to Holder, Holder shall be deemed to have automatically transferred this Warrant in whole to SVB Financial Group, Holder’s parent company and affiliate, without notice to the Company or any other condition to transfer, and SVB Financial Group shall be deemed to have made the representations of Holder in Section 7 hereof in respect of itself, and (B) without the necessity of delivering an opinion of counsel, Holder may at any time transfer this Warrant in whole or in part to any affiliate. By its acceptance of this Warrant, each such affiliate transferee will be deemed to have made to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Any other transfer may be registered with the Company by submission to it of the annexed Assignment Form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly completed and executed. After the Company’s registration of a transfer of this Warrant, the Company will issue and deliver to the transferee a new warrant (representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred) upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant and in substantially identical form, which the Company will register in the new holder’s name. In the event of registration of a partial transfer of this Warrant, the Company shall concurrently issue and deliver to the transferring holder a new warrant that entitles the transferring holder to the balance of this Warrant not so transferred and that otherwise is upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant. Upon the delivery of this Warrant for transfer, the transferee holder shall for all purposes become the holder of the new warrant issued for the portion of this Warrant so transferred, irrespective of the date of actual delivery of the new warrant representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred.

(b) In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver an identical new warrant to Holder in substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such event, and (ii) if requested by the Company, an indemnity agreement in reasonable and customary form.

(c) The Company shall pay its own and all Holder’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the conversion, transfer or replacement of this Warrant, including, without limitation, securities compliance, the costs of preparation, execution and delivery of a new warrant and of certificates or other legal evidence of all Warrant Stock.

 

6


Section 3. Certain Covenants.

(a) The Company shall ensure that any approval of its stockholders required for issuance of this Warrant and of the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion hereof (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include any securities into which shares of Warrant Stock are or become convertible) remains in full force and effect until the earlier of conversion or the Expiration Date.

(b) The Company will not, by amendment of its Constitutional Documents or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale of assets or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will from time to time take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant.

(c) So long as Holder or any of its Affiliates holds this Warrant and/or the Warrant Stock, the Company shall deliver to Holder such reports as it provides to any holders of securities of the same class and series as the Warrant Stock, as and when delivered to such holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will provide quarterly and annual financial statements and such other information as such Holder may reasonably request and that the Company may lawfully provide at such time under applicable securities laws so long as such statements are not publicly available.

(d) The Company shall not treat the Warrant or the shares of Warrant Stock as being granted or issued as property transferred in connection with the performance of services or otherwise as compensation for services rendered.

(e) The Company shall not characterize the Warrant as an ownership interest in the Company or Holder as a stockholder of the Company until such time as Holder converts the Warrant for shares of Warrant Stock.

Section 4. Adjustments to Number of Shares of Warrant Stock, Etc.

4.1 Adjustments . In order to prevent dilution of the rights granted hereunder, the Number of Shares and Exchange Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Exchange Price pursuant to this Section 4, Holder shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon conversion, at the Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock obtainable by multiplying the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock acquirable immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the new Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

7


4.2 Subdivisions, Combinations and Stock Dividends . If the Company shall at any time subdivide by split-up or otherwise, the class and series of Company securities into which the Warrant could then be converted into a greater number of shares, or issue additional securities as a dividend, bonus issue or otherwise with respect to such securities into which the Warrant could be converted, then the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or share dividend or bonus issue shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares acquirable upon exchange hereunder shall be proportionately increased. Conversely, if the class and series of Company securities into which the Warrant could then be converted are combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

4.3 Reclassification, Exchange, Substitutions, Etc. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Warrant Stock if this Warrant had been converted immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Warrant Stock to Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Constitutional Documents upon the closing of a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exchange of the new Warrant. The provisions of Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive subdivisions, combinations, Share dividends, distributions, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, and dilutive events.

4.4 Notices of Record Date, Etc . In the event that the Company shall:

(1) declare or propose to declare any dividend upon Company securities, whether payable in cash, property, shares or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend, or

(2) offer for sale any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock in any transaction that would give rise (regardless of waivers thereof) to pre-emptive rights of any class or series of shareholders, or

 

8


(3) effect or approve any reclassification, exchange, substitution or recapitalization of the capital shares of the Company, including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (including an assignment for the benefit of creditors), or

(4) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in registration of the Company’s securities, or

(5) offer stockholders the opportunity to participate in any further public offering of the Company’s securities,

then , in connection with such event, the Company shall give to Holder:

(i) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such a distribution or offer in respect of the matters referred to in (1) or (2) above, or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (3) above; and

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (4) and (5) above, the greater of (A) ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place and (B) the date that notice is or is required to be given to any stockholder.

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (1) shall also specify, in the case of any such distribution, the date on which the holders of Company securities shall be entitled thereto and the terms of such distribution, and such notice in accordance with clause (2) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Company securities shall be entitled to convert their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, exchange, substitution, consolidation, merger or sale, as the case may be, and the terms of such exchange. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this Warrant at the address of Holder.

4.6 Adjustment for Capitalization Table Errors . The parties acknowledge their mutual agreement that the initial Number of Shares is based on the capitalization of the Company being in all material respects as represented to Holder and appended hereto as Exhibit C. If the fully-diluted equity of the Company is not, as of the Issue Date, in fact as represented in Exhibit C, the Number of Shares and / or Exchange Price shall be equitably adjusted under Section 4.7.

4.7 Adjustments by Board . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the rights of Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights.

 

9


4.8 Officer’s Statement as to Adjustments . Whenever the Number of Shares subject to this Warrant is required to be or is adjusted as provided in Section 4, the Company shall forthwith file at the office designated for the conversion of this Warrant a statement, signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the number of issuable shares of Warrant Stock that will be effective after such adjustment. If such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an event referred to in Section 4.3, such notice shall be included as part of the notice required to be mailed or published under the provisions of Section 4.4.

4.9 Issue of Securities other than Warrant Stock . In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 4, Holder thereafter shall become entitled to receive any securities of the Company, other than Warrant Stock, thereafter the number of such other securities so receivable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Stock contained in Section 4.

Section 5. Rights of the Warrant Holder.

This Warrant shall entitle Holder, upon Conversion, to the benefit of all rights as are applicable to any stockholder of the Company holding shares that are the same class and series as the Warrant Stock.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Holder that:

6.1 Corporate Power; Authorization . The Company has all requisite corporate power and has taken all requisite corporate action to execute and deliver this Warrant, to issue the Warrant and Warrant Stock and to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. Any person executing this Warrant on behalf of the Company is a duly authorized officer of the Company with all necessary legal authority to bind the Company generally and with the specific legal authority to cause the Company to execute and deliver this Warrant.

6.2 Validity of Securities . This Warrant, when sold by the Company against the consideration therefor as provided herein, will be validly authorized, issued and fully paid. The issuance and delivery of the Warrant is not subject to any consent, approval, preemptive or any similar rights of the shareholders of the Company (which has not been duly secured or waived), including without limitation any pre-emptive rights, or any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable securities laws; and when and if shares of Warrant Stock are issued upon conversion and in accordance with the terms hereof and this Warrant is converted for such Warrant Stock, such securities will be, at each such issuance, validly issued shares

 

10


of Warrant Stock in the Company’s capital, in compliance with all applicable securities laws and free of any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, in the Constitutional Documents or under such applicable securities laws.

6.3 A true, correct and current copy of the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation is appended as Exhibit D hereto. Except as specified in Exhibit C, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other contractual rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s capital stock or other securities. Assuming the issuance of all Warrants issuable hereunder, Holder would own as of the Issue Date 0.297526% of the fully-diluted equity of the Company.

6.4 No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit, under, any provision of the Company’s Constitutional Documents, as amended, or any mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, its properties or assets, the effect of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or materially impair or restrict its power to perform its obligations as contemplated hereby.

6.5 Governmental and other Consents . As at the Issue Date, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock, except such filings as shall have been made prior to and shall be effective on and as of the date hereof. All Company and stockholder consents required in connection with issuance of the Warrant and Warrant Stock have either been obtained by the Company or no such consents are required.

6.6 Exempt from Registration . As at the Issue Date, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Holder in Section 7 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock will be exempt from any registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration and qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws.

6.7 Delivery of Information; Accuracy . The Company acknowledges its delivery of certain Representations and Warranties in connection with the Loan Agreement and this Warrant (the “Representation Letter”) to PFG, which Representations and Warranties form the basis for Holder purchasing this Warrant. As at the Issue Date, the information contained in the Representation Letter and all documents, instruments and other information delivered to Holder in connection therewith are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

11


Section 7. Representations and Warranties of Holder . Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the Issue Date as follows:

7.1 Investment Experience . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and was not organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Holder has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the purchase of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock.

7.2 Investment Intent . Holder is purchasing the Warrant for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act. Holder understands that the Warrant has not been registered under the Securities Act or registered or qualified under any state securities law in reliance on specific exemptions therefrom, which exemptions may depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

7.3 Authorization . Holder has all requisite power and has taken all requisite action required of it to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Holder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms herein will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of Holder’s constitutional documents or instruments. Any person executing this Warrant on behalf of Holder is a duly authorized officer of Holder with all necessary legal authority to bind Holder generally and with the specific legal authority to cause Holder to execute and deliver this Warrant.

Section 8. Restrictive Securities Legend.

This Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under any securities laws. Accordingly, any Share certificates issued pursuant to the conversion of this Warrant shall (until receipt of an opinion of counsel in customary form that such legend is no longer necessary) bear the following legend:

THIS WARRANT AND THE WARRANT SHARES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OF DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED

 

12


WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN CUSTOMARY FORM THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

Section 9. Notices.

All notices to be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be given: (i) personally, or (ii) by reputable private delivery service, (iii) by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, or (iv) by fax, or (v) by electronic mail. If sent by fax or electronic mail, such notice shall also be sent concurrently by one of the other methods provided herein. Notices may be sent to the parties in accordance with their contact details specified below or to any other address, fax number or electronic mail address later designated in writing by a party. All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or two Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid, or upon receipt during the Business Day where received in the case of notices sent by fax or electronic mail, but subject to reasonably concurrent transmission by another method, as specified above. The addresses for such communications shall be:

if to Holder, at

Silicon Valley Bank

Attn: Treasury – Derivatives Group

3003 Tasman Drive, HC215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-354-3085

warradmi@svb.com

with a copy (not constituting notice) to

Greenspan Law Office

Attn: Benjamin Greenspan, Esq.

620 Laguna Road

Mill Valley, CA 94941

Fax: (415) 738-5371

Email: ben@greenspan-law.com

or

if to the Company, at

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

222 W. Washington Avenue

Madison, WI 53703

 

13


Fax: (608) 443-1609

Email: kenm@sonicfoundry.com

Attn: Ken Minor

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

McBreen and Kopko

20 North Wacker Dr., Suite 2520

Chicago, IL 60606

Fax: (312)332-2657

Email: jstern@mmklaw.com

Each party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 7 by giving at least 10 calendar days’ notice of such changes address to the other party hereto.

Section 8. Amendments and Waivers.

This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

Section 9. Applicable Law; Severability.

This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Warrant, or any application of any provision thereof, shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and all other applications of any provision thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10. Construction.

Section headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience. The Company and Holder each acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable Section, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement. This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against either party under any rule of construction or otherwise..

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY: ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. HOLDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

/s/ Ken Minor

By:

/s/ Cindy Schatz

Name:

Ken Minor

Name:

Cindy Schatz

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Title:

Head of Structured Products

 

 

Silicon Valley Bank – Sonic Foundry Warrant Signature Page


Exhibit A

 

To: SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

ELECTION TO EXCHANGE OR EXERCISE

The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exchange its Warrant for                                          fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable:

¨   Shares

The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exercise its Warrant for                                          fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable:

¨   Shares

[check one box]

covered by the attached Warrant in accordance with the terms thereof.

and requests that certificates or other legal evidence of ownership of such Shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                  

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To: SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

The undersigned hereby assigns and transfers this Warrant to

 

 

  (Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)  

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)

 

 

and irrevocably appoints                                                                                   to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company.

Date:                                                  

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


Exhibit C – Capitalization Table

 

Shares outstanding

  4,351,203   

Options and warrants

  1,559,745   

Fully diluted

  5,910,948   

Warrants issued to PFG and designees

  50,000   


Exhibit D – Certificate of Incorporation

Exhibit 10.30

WARRANT

THIS WARRANT (“WARRANT”) TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE CAPITAL OF SONIC FOUNDRY, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) IS ISSUED ON THE ISSUE DATE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P. (THE “LOAN AGREEMENT”). THIS WARRANT IS SOLD IN A PRIVATE TRANSACTION, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS IS AVAILABLE.

 

Company: Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Warrant Stock: Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
Number of Shares: Up to 2,400, subject to adjustment
Exchange Price: $9.66 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date: May 14, 2015
Expiration Date: May 14, 2020

The term “ Holder ” shall initially refer to PFG Equity Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited partnership, which is the initial holder of this Warrant and shall further refer to any subsequent permitted holder of this Warrant from time to time.

The Company does hereby certify and agree that in consideration of Holder’s payment of $251 for this Warrant on the Issue Date (such dollar amount, exclusive of the Exchange Price payable or creditable upon Exercise or Exchange of this Warrant, the “Purchase Price”), Holder, or its permitted successors and assigns, hereby is entitled, subject to Sections 1.8 and 1.9 hereof, to Exchange or Exercise this Warrant in the Company for up to Two Thousand Four Hundred (2,400) shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Warrant Stock”). This Warrant is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Warrant have their meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement defined in the heading between the Company and Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (“ PFG ”). When the term “convert” or “conversion” in relation to the Warrant is used herein, it includes an Exchange and an Exercise, each as defined in Section 1.3(a), below, as applicable.

Section 1. Term, Price and Exchange of Warrant.

1.1 Term of Warrant . This Warrant shall be convertible for a period of five (5) years after the Issue Date (hereinafter referred to as the “ Expiration Date ”).


1.2 Exchange Price . The price per Share at which the shares of Warrant Stock are issuable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be $9.66 per Warrant Share (the “ Exchange Price ”).

1.3 Conversion of Warrant .

(a) This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Election to Exchange or Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Election ”) duly completed and executed with “Exercise” selected as the mode of conversion, and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for the number of shares of Warrant Stock in respect of which this Warrant is then being exercised (an “Exercise”). In whole or in part in lieu of an Exercise, Holder may convert this Warrant on a cashless basis by so indicating in the Election and proceeding in accordance with the remainder of this Section 1.3 (an “Exchange”). In each above case, Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company at its then principal offices, together with the Election duly completed and executed.

(b) Upon an Exchange, the Holder shall receive shares of Warrant Stock such that, without the payment of any funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in exchange for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal to “X” (as defined below), computed using the following formula:

 

Y * (A-B)
X  =

 

A
Where
X = the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder
Y = the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be converted under this Warrant
A = the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Share
B = the Exchange Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations)
* = multiplied by

(c) For purposes of this Warrant, the “Fair Market Value” of one Warrant Share shall be (i) if the Company’s securities become listed on a national or international stock exchange, the average closing sale price reported on such exchange for such listed securities during the 90-trading day period immediately prior to the date Holder delivers its Election to the Company, or (ii) if the Company’s securities are traded over-the-counter, the average of bid and ask price for such securities over the 90-trading day period immediately prior to the day Holder delivers its Election to the Company, in each case of (i) and (ii), above, if the shares of Warrant Stock are convertible into such listed or over-the-counter traded securities other than on a one-to-one basis, multiplied by the ratio at which one Warrant Share converts into such other security. If the Company’s securities are not listed or traded as contemplated in clauses (i) or (ii), above, the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Stock shall be the price per Warrant Share which the

 

2


Company could obtain from a willing buyer of shares of Warrant Stock sold by the Company from its authorized but unissued Shares, initially as the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall determine in its reasonable good faith judgment, subject to Holder’s valuation rights below, but in no event less than the price to which a holder of Warrant Stock would be entitled based on a valuation of the Company as a going concern and the application of the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s outstanding securities as set forth in the Company’s Constitutional Documents, without discount for minority, control or lack of marketability. If the Warrant is to be converted in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of a Warrant Share shall be based on the enterprise value specified or implied in such Acquisition and shall be the greater of (A) the value attributable to the Warrant Stock and (B) the value attributable to the Company securities into which the shares of Warrant Stock are (or may be) convertible (but subject to Holder’s conversion directly into such other Company securities).

(b) In the event that Holder converts this Warrant in connection with a transaction in which shares of the same class and series as the Warrant Stock are converted into another security, Holder may effect a conversion directly into such other security.

(c) Subject to Section 2 hereof, upon delivery of the duly completed and executed Election, the Company shall issue and deliver within four (4) business days to Holder or such other person as Holder may designate in writing a certificate or certificates or other legal evidence of Holder’s ownership of the number of shares of Warrant Stock so acquired upon the conversion of this Warrant. Such certificate(s) or other legal evidence shall be deemed to have been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a stockholder of the Company and a holder of record of such shares of Warrant Stock as of the date the Election is delivered to the Company, provided, however, Holder’s admission as a stockholder shall be subject to Holder’s execution and delivery of such agreements as may be required of all stockholders or of an accession or similar agreement by which Holder agrees to be bound by such agreements. If this Warrant is converted in part, a new warrant substantially identical to this Warrant for the number of Shares not converted shall be promptly executed and delivered to Holder by the Company.

1.4 Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would be issuable upon the conversion of this Warrant (or any portion thereof), the Company shall purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of a Warrant Share as determined by the Board in its reasonable judgment.

1.5 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Warrant:

Acquisition ” means, in any single transaction or series of related transactions: (i) any sale or other disposition (including exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in whatever form and however consummated, or (ii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or acquisition of the Company or a Controlling interest in the Company.

 

3


An “ Affiliate ” of, or person “affiliated” with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, beneficially owns or is beneficially owned, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified, and any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the Shares of Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

Constitutional Documents ” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated, as applicable), Bylaws and agreements between or among the Company and holders of any class or series of its stock.

Control ” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect through one or more Affiliates, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership or voting of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Person ” or “ person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity of any kind.

1.6 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . Upon the Expiration Date, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be Exchanged for the cash sum set forth in Section 1.8 as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which this Warrant has become convertible and for which it shall not previously have been converted for Warrant Stock (or if not then outstanding, into such other class and series of securities into which the Warrant Stock is then convertible).

1.7 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company . Upon the closing of any Acquisition, without limiting or prejudicing Holder’s right to convert this Warrant under Section 1.3 or exercise its “put” rights under Section 1.8 (in each case with respect to the Warrant Stock that may then be converted or put) the surviving entity shall, as a condition to the Acquisition, either (i) assume the obligations under this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be convertible into the same securities as would be payable for the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion of the unconverted portion of this Warrant as if such shares of Warrant Stock were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition (and the Exchange Price and/or number of shares of Warrant Stock shall be adjusted accordingly); or (ii) the Company or other surviving entity in such Acquisition shall, upon initial closing of such Acquisition purchase this Warrant at its “Fair Value” (the “Purchase Price”). For purposes hereof, “Fair Value” means that value determined by the parties using a Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model (the “Black-Scholes Calculation”) with the following assumptions: (A) a risk-free interest rate equal to the risk-free interest rate at the time of the closing of the Acquisition (or as close thereto as practicable), (B) a contractual life of the Warrant equal to the remaining term of this

 

4


Warrant as of the date of the announcement of the Acquisition, (C) an annual dividend yield equal to dividends payable or declared on the underlying shares of Warrant Stock (including securities into which the shares of Warrant Stock may be convertible) during the term of this Warrant (calculated on an annual basis), and (D) a volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s Shares comprised of: (1) if the Company is publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, (2) if the Shares are traded over-the-counter, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, or (3) if the Company is a non-public company, the volatility, over the one year period prior to the Acquisition, of an average of publicly-traded companies in the same or similar industry to the Company with such companies having similar revenues. The Purchase Price determined in accordance with the above shall be paid upon the initial closing of the Acquisition and shall not be subject to any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments; provided, however, the parties may take such post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account in determining the Purchase Price, and if the parties take any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account, then upon the partial or complete removal of those post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments, a new Black-Scholes Calculation would be made using all of the same inputs except for the value of the Company’s Shares (as determined under subclause (D)), and any increase in Fair Value (and, correspondingly, Purchase Price), including, without limitation, as a result of any earn-out or escrowed consideration, would be paid in full to Holder immediately after those post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments can be determined or achieved.

1.8 Warrant Put . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Warrant, in the event of (i) any Acquisition of the Company, (ii) any liquidation of the Company, (iii) any liquidation or deemed liquidation of the Company under its Constitutional Documents, or (iv) the expiry of this Warrant, Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to exchange this Warrant (the “ Put Right ”) for the cash sum of $9,600 (the “ Exchange Put Price ”); provided, however, if the Company does not draw Tranche 2 under the Loan Agreement, the Exchange Put Price shall be $7,200. The Exchange Put Price shall be adjusted on a relative percentage basis to the extent that Holder has converted any part of this Warrant and later exercises its Put Right. Except as to a put effected under Section 1.6, Holder shall exercise such Put Right by written notice as provided in this Warrant and, upon receipt by the Company of such notice, the Expiration Date of this Warrant shall be deemed extended until such time as the Company has paid the Exchange Put Price to Holder. The Company shall promptly (and in no event later than (five) 5 business days of Holder’s notice to the Company) pay the Exchange Put Price to Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if the Warrant Stock (i) is publicly traded at a price that is greater than 300% of the Exchange Price for at least twenty (20) consecutive trading days, (ii) the Warrant Stock is freely tradable by Holder and (iii) there is sufficient trading volume to enable Holder to sell its Warrant Stock over a ten (10) consecutive trading day period without materially and adversely impacting the trading price of the Company’s Common Stock, then Holder’s right to “put” the Warrant Stock under this Section 1.8 shall terminate. Whether the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) have been satisfied shall be a matter of Holder’s reasonable good faith business judgment, the basis therefor shall notified to the Company and binding on the parties.

 

5


1.9 Reduction in Number of Shares . The parties acknowledge that the loans under the Loan Agreement are to be disbursed in two tranches (“Tranche 1” and “Tranche 2” as defined in the Loan Agreement). 1,800 shares of Warrant Stock are immediately convertible on the Issue Date. 600 shares of Warrant Stock automatically become convertible if and when the Company draws Tranche 2 under the Loan Agreement.

Section 2. Exchange and Transfer of Warrant.

(a) This Warrant may be transferred, in whole or in part, without restriction, subject only to (i) Holder’s compliance with applicable securities laws (which, in the case of Affiliates, shall be deemed satisfied by Holder (and transferee) certification of Affiliate status), and (ii) the transferee holder of the new Warrant assuming the obligations of Holder set forth in this Warrant. A transfer may be registered with the Company by submission to it of the annexed Assignment Form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly completed and executed. After the Company’s registration of a transfer of this Warrant, the Company will issue and deliver to the transferee a new warrant (representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred) upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant and in substantially identical form, which the Company will register in the new holder’s name. In the event of registration of a partial transfer of this Warrant, the Company shall concurrently issue and deliver to the transferring holder a new warrant that entitles the transferring holder to the balance of this Warrant not so transferred and that otherwise is upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant. Upon the delivery of this Warrant for transfer, the transferee holder shall for all purposes become the holder of the new warrant issued for the portion of this Warrant so transferred, irrespective of the date of actual delivery of the new warrant representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred.

(b) In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver an identical new warrant to Holder in substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such event, and (ii) if requested by the Company, an indemnity agreement in reasonable and customary form.

(c) The Company shall pay its own and all Holder’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the conversion, transfer or replacement of this Warrant, including, without limitation, securities compliance, the costs of preparation, execution and delivery of a new warrant and of certificates or other legal evidence of all Warrant Stock.

Section 3. Certain Covenants.

(a) The Company shall ensure that any approval of its stockholders required for issuance of this Warrant and of the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion

 

6


hereof (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include any securities into which shares of Warrant Stock are or become convertible) remains in full force and effect until the earlier of conversion or the Expiration Date.

(b) The Company will not, by amendment of its Constitutional Documents or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale of assets or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will from time to time take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant.

(c) So long as Holder or any of its Affiliates holds this Warrant and/or the Warrant Stock, the Company shall deliver to Holder such reports as it provides to any holders of securities of the same class and series as the Warrant Stock, as and when delivered to such holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will provide quarterly and annual financial statements and such other information as such Holder may reasonably request and that the Company may lawfully provide at such time under applicable securities laws so long as such statements are not publicly available.

(d) The Company shall not treat the Warrant or the shares of Warrant Stock as being granted or issued as property transferred in connection with the performance of services or otherwise as compensation for services rendered.

(e) The Company shall not characterize the Warrant as an ownership interest in the Company or Holder as a stockholder of the Company until such time as Holder converts the Warrant for shares of Warrant Stock.

Section 4. Adjustments to Number of Shares of Warrant Stock, Etc.

4.1 Adjustments . In order to prevent dilution of the rights granted hereunder, the Number of Shares and Exchange Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Exchange Price pursuant to this Section 4, Holder shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon conversion, at the Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock obtainable by multiplying the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock acquirable immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the new Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment.

4.2 Subdivisions, Combinations and Stock Dividends . If the Company shall at any time subdivide by split-up or otherwise, the class and series of Company securities into which the Warrant could then be converted into a greater number of shares, or issue additional securities as a dividend, bonus issue or otherwise with respect to such securities into which the Warrant could be converted, then the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or share dividend or bonus issue shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares acquirable upon exchange hereunder

 

7


shall be proportionately increased. Conversely, if the class and series of Company securities into which the Warrant could then be converted are combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

4.3 Reclassification, Exchange, Substitutions, Etc. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Warrant Stock if this Warrant had been converted immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Warrant Stock to Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Constitutional Documents upon the closing of a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exchange of the new Warrant. The provisions of Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive subdivisions, combinations, Share dividends, distributions, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, and dilutive events.

4.4 Notices of Record Date, Etc . In the event that the Company shall:

(1) declare or propose to declare any dividend upon Company securities, whether payable in cash, property, shares or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend, or

(2) offer for sale any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock in any transaction that would give rise (regardless of waivers thereof) to pre-emptive rights of any class or series of shareholders, or

(3) effect or approve any reclassification, exchange, substitution or recapitalization of the capital shares of the Company, including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (including an assignment for the benefit of creditors), or

(4) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in registration of the Company’s securities, or

(5) offer stockholders the opportunity to participate in any further public offering of the Company’s securities,

 

8


then , in connection with such event, the Company shall give to Holder:

(i) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such a distribution or offer in respect of the matters referred to in (1) or (2) above, or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (3) above; and

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (4) and (5) above, the greater of (A) ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place and (B) the date that notice is or is required to be given to any stockholder.

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (1) shall also specify, in the case of any such distribution, the date on which the holders of Company securities shall be entitled thereto and the terms of such distribution, and such notice in accordance with clause (2) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Company securities shall be entitled to convert their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, exchange, substitution, consolidation, merger or sale, as the case may be, and the terms of such exchange. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this Warrant at the address of Holder.

4.6 Adjustment for Capitalization Table Errors . The parties acknowledge their mutual agreement that the initial Number of Shares is based on the capitalization of the Company being in all material respects as represented to Holder and appended hereto as Exhibit C. If the fully-diluted equity of the Company is not, as of the Issue Date, in fact as represented in Exhibit C, the Number of Shares and / or Exchange Price shall be equitably adjusted under Section 4.7.

4.7 Adjustments by Board . If any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the rights of Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights.

4.8 Officer’s Statement as to Adjustments . Whenever the Number of Shares subject to this Warrant is required to be or is adjusted as provided in Section 4, the Company shall forthwith file at the office designated for the conversion of this Warrant a statement, signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the number of issuable shares of Warrant Stock that will be effective after such adjustment. If such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an event referred to in Section 4.3, such notice shall be included as part of the notice required to be mailed or published under the provisions of Section 4.4.

 

9


4.9 Issue of Securities other than Warrant Stock . In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 4, Holder thereafter shall become entitled to receive any securities of the Company, other than Warrant Stock, thereafter the number of such other securities so receivable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Stock contained in Section 4.

Section 5. Rights of the Warrant Holder.

This Warrant shall entitle Holder, upon Conversion, to the benefit of all rights as are applicable to any stockholder of the Company holding shares that are the same class and series as the Warrant Stock.

Section 6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Holder that:

6.1 Corporate Power; Authorization . The Company has all requisite corporate power and has taken all requisite corporate action to execute and deliver this Warrant, to issue the Warrant and Warrant Stock and to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. Any person executing this Warrant on behalf of the Company is a duly authorized officer of the Company with all necessary legal authority to bind the Company generally and with the specific legal authority to cause the Company to execute and deliver this Warrant.

6.2 Validity of Securities . This Warrant, when sold by the Company against the consideration therefor as provided herein, will be validly authorized, issued and fully paid. The issuance and delivery of the Warrant is not subject to any consent, approval, preemptive or any similar rights of the shareholders of the Company (which has not been duly secured or waived), including without limitation any pre-emptive rights, or any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable securities laws; and when and if shares of Warrant Stock are issued upon conversion and in accordance with the terms hereof and this Warrant is converted for such Warrant Stock, such securities will be, at each such issuance, validly issued shares of Warrant Stock in the Company’s capital, in compliance with all applicable securities laws and free of any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, in the Constitutional Documents or under such applicable securities laws.

6.3 A true, correct and current copy of the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation is appended as Exhibit D hereto. Except as specified in Exhibit C, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other contractual rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of the

 

10


Company’s capital stock or other securities. Assuming the issuance of all Warrants issuable hereunder, Holder would own as of the Issue Date 0.0406036% of the fully-diluted equity of the Company.

6.4 No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to a loss of a material benefit, under, any provision of the Company’s Constitutional Documents, as amended, or any mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, its properties or assets, the effect of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or materially impair or restrict its power to perform its obligations as contemplated hereby.

6.5 Governmental and other Consents . As at the Issue Date, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock, except such filings as shall have been made prior to and shall be effective on and as of the date hereof. All Company and stockholder consents required in connection with issuance of the Warrant and Warrant Stock have either been obtained by the Company or no such consents are required.

6.6 Exempt from Registration . As at the Issue Date, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Holder in Section 7 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock will be exempt from any registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration and qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws.

6.7 Delivery of Information; Accuracy . The Company acknowledges its delivery of certain Representations and Warranties in connection with the Loan Agreement and this Warrant (the “Representation Letter”) to PFG, which Representations and Warranties form the basis for Holder purchasing this Warrant. As at the Issue Date, the information contained in the Representation Letter and all documents, instruments and other information delivered to Holder in connection therewith are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects.

Section 7. Representations and Warranties of Holder . Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the Issue Date as follows:

7.1 Investment Experience . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and was not organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Holder has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the purchase of the Warrant and the Warrant Stock.

 

11


7.2 Investment Intent . Holder is purchasing the Warrant for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act. Holder understands that the Warrant has not been registered under the Securities Act or registered or qualified under any state securities law in reliance on specific exemptions therefrom, which exemptions may depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

7.3 Authorization . Holder has all requisite power and has taken all requisite action required of it to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Holder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms herein will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of Holder’s constitutional documents or instruments. Any person executing this Warrant on behalf of Holder is a duly authorized officer of Holder with all necessary legal authority to bind Holder generally and with the specific legal authority to cause Holder to execute and deliver this Warrant.

Section 8. Restrictive Securities Legend.

This Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under any securities laws. Accordingly, any Share certificates issued pursuant to the conversion of this Warrant shall (until receipt of an opinion of counsel in customary form that such legend is no longer necessary) bear the following legend:

THIS WARRANT AND THE WARRANT SHARES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OF DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN CUSTOMARY FORM THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

 

12


Section 9. Notices.

All notices to be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be given: (i) personally, or (ii) by reputable private delivery service, (iii) by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, or (iv) by fax, or (v) by electronic mail. If sent by fax or electronic mail, such notice shall also be sent concurrently by one of the other methods provided herein. Notices may be sent to the parties in accordance with their contact details specified below or to any other address, fax number or electronic mail address later designated in writing by a party. All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or two Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid, or upon receipt during the Business Day where received in the case of notices sent by fax or electronic mail, but subject to reasonably concurrent transmission by another method, as specified above. The addresses for such communications shall be:

if to Holder, at

PFG Equity Investors, LLC

150 Pacific Avenue

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (415) 781-0510

Email: Notices@pfgrowth.com

with a copy (not constituting notice) to

Greenspan Law Office

Attn: Benjamin Greenspan, Esq.

620 Laguna Road

Mill Valley, CA 94941

Fax: (415) 738-5371

Email: ben@greenspan-law.com

with the original of this Warrant and any replacement, restatement or reissue of this Warrant to be delivered to:

Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.

555 California Street, Suite 4900

San Francisco, CA 94104

ATTN: John Fitzgibbons

Phone # 415-627-3225

Email: JFitzgibbons@rwbaird.com

 

13


or

if to the Company, at

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

222 W. Washington Avenue

Madison, WI 53703

Fax: (608) 443-1609

Email: kenm@sonicfoundry.com

Attn: Ken Minor

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

McBreen and Kopko

20 North Wacker Dr., Suite 2520

Chicago, IL 60606

Fax: (312) 332-2657

Email: jstern@mmklaw.com

Each party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 7 by giving at least 10 calendar days’ notice of such changes address to the other party hereto.

Section 8. Amendments and Waivers.

This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

Section 9. Applicable Law; Severability.

This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Warrant, or any application of any provision thereof, shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and all other applications of any provision thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10. Construction.

Section headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience. The Company and Holder each acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable Section, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement. This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against either party under any rule of construction or otherwise.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY: ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. HOLDER:
PFG Equity Investors, LLC
By:

/s/ Ken Minor

By:

/s/ Lorraine Nield

Name:

Ken Minor

Name:

Lorraine Nield

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Title:

Manager of Partners for Growth IV, LLC,

Its General Partner

PFG Equity Investors, LLC – Sonic Foundry Warrant Signature Page


Exhibit A

 

To: SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

ELECTION TO EXCHANGE OR EXERCISE

The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exchange its Warrant for                      fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable:

¨ Shares

The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exercise its Warrant for                      fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable:

¨ Shares

[check one box]

covered by the attached Warrant in accordance with the terms thereof.

and requests that certificates or other legal evidence of ownership of such Shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

PFG Equity Investors, LLC
By

 

Name:

 

Title: Manager


Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To: SONIC FOUNDRY, INC.

The undersigned hereby assigns and transfers this Warrant to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)

 

 

and irrevocably appoints                                          to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company.

 

Date:

 

PFG Equity Investors, LLC
By

 

Name:

 

Title: Manager


Exhibit C - Capitalization Table

 

Shares outstanding

  4,351,203   

Options and warrants

  1,559,745   

Fully diluted

  5,910,948   

Warrants issued to PFG and designees

  50,000   


Exhibit D – Certificate of Incorporation

Exhibit 10.31

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Intellectual Property Security Agreement is entered into as of May 13, 2015, by and between PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P. (“PFG”) and Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 222 W. Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703 (“Grantor”), with reference to the following facts:

A. PFG and Grantor, as Borrower, are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date with this Agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). (Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned in the Loan Agreement.)

B. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, Grantor has granted to PFG a security interest in all of the Collateral. The Collateral includes without limitation all Intellectual Property (including without limitation the Intellectual Property described herein).

Grantor agrees as follows:

1. To secure performance of all of its “Obligations” as defined in the Loan Agreement, Grantor grants to PFG a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in Grantor’s “Intellectual Property”, including without limitation (i) the trademarks and servicemarks listed or required to be listed from time to time on Schedule A hereto, whether registered or not, and all applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks, and (ii) the patents and patent applications listed or required to be listed from time to time on Schedule B hereto and all like protections including, without limitation, all improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same, (iii) all copyrights, maskworks, software, computer programs and other works of authorship listed or required to be listed from time to time on Schedule C hereto, and all extensions and renewals thereof, (iv) all domain names and domain name rights used in connection with its business and that of its Subsidiaries, all legal and equitable rights in domain names and ownership thereof, domain registry, domain servers, web hosting and related contracts, services and facilities (collectively, “Domain Rights”) listed or required to be listed from time to time on Schedule D hereto, and all extensions and renewals thereof, and (iv) all rights to recover for past or future infringement of any of the foregoing, and (v) all right, title and interest in and to any and all present and future license agreements with respect to any of the foregoing, and (vi) all present and future accounts, accounts receivable and other rights to payment arising from, in connection with or relating to any of the foregoing.

2. Grantor represents and warrants that (i) listed on Schedule A hereto are all trademark registrations and pending registrations owned or controlled by Grantor, (ii) listed on Schedule B are all


patents and patent applications owned or controlled by Grantor, (iii) listed on Schedule C are all copyrights, software, computer programs, mask works, and other works of authorship owned or controlled by Grantor which are registered with the United States Copyright Office, and (iv) listed on Schedule D are all Domain Rights in which Grantor has any legal, contractual or equitable right. Grantor shall: (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its intellectual property, other than intellectual property of immaterial business and monetary value that Grantor’s executive management has made a determination not to maintain; (b) promptly advise PFG in writing of material infringements of its intellectual property; and (c) not allow any intellectual property material to Grantor’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without PFG’s written consent. If, before the Obligations have been paid and/or performed in full, Grantor shall (i) adopt, use, acquire or apply for registration of any trademark, service mark or trade name, (ii) apply for registration of any patent or obtain any patent or patent application; (iii) create or acquire any published or material unpublished works of authorship material to the business that is or is to be registered with the U.S. Copyright Office or any non-U.S. equivalent or other Governmental Body; or (iv) register or acquire any domain name or domain name rights, then the provisions of Section 1 shall automatically apply thereto, and Grantor shall provide PFG written notice thereof concurrently with delivery of Borrower’s monthly compliance certificate. Grantor shall further provide PFG with all information and details relating to the foregoing and shall take such further actions as PFG may reasonably request from time to time to perfect or continue the perfection of PFG’s interest in such intellectual property.

3. This Agreement is being executed and delivered pursuant to the Loan Agreement; nothing herein limits any of the terms or provisions of the Loan Agreement, and PFG’s rights hereunder and under the Loan Agreement are cumulative. This Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents set forth in full all of the representations and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior discussions, oral representations, oral agreements and oral understandings between the parties. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, nor may any rights hereunder be waived, except in a writing signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, and notwithstanding the foregoing, PFG may amend the Schedules hereto from time to time when it becomes aware of new Intellectual Property subject to this Agreement. In the event of any litigation between the parties based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all of its costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) from the non-prevailing party. This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of PFG and Grantor shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California.

4. Grantor agrees that simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, and thereafter upon any amendment of Schedule A , Schedule B , Schedule C or Schedule D , the appropriate entities


constituting Grantor shall execute notices in the forms appended hereto (each, a “ Notice ”), as appropriate, with respect to all of the pledged Intellectual Property, now owned or hereafter acquired, and shall deliver each Notice to PFG for the purpose of recordation at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, or otherwise, as appropriate. Whether or not Grantor executes such a Notice reflecting new Intellectual Property, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints PFG as its lawful attorney-in-fact without any further authorization to file such notices, liens or other instruments as may be customary from time to time for PFG to perfect security interests in Grantor’s Intellectual Property. With respect to the power of attorney granted in the attached Domain Rights Collateral Agreement and Notice, so long as no default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Documents, PFG shall not take any action referenced therein in the name of Grantor.

[Signature Page Follows]


Address of Grantor: Sonic Foundry, Inc.
222 W. Washington Avenue
Madison, WI 53703 By:

/s/ Ken Minor

Name:

Ken Minor

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Address of PFG: PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
Partners for Growth IV, L.P.
150 Pacific Avenue
San Francisco, California 94111
By:

/s/ Lorraine Nield

Name:

Lorraine Nield

Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its: General Partner

Intellectual Property Security Agreement Signature Page


SCHEDULE A

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Trademark Schedule

 

Serial Number -
Registration Number

  

Date

  

Mark

  

Owner

2744740    4/2000    Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
3172831    11/2006    Mediasite logo    Sonic Foundry
3178908    12/2006    Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
3761708    3/2010    Anvil logo    Sonic Foundry
2399704    5/2006    UK - Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
5004175    11/2006    Japan-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
619119    9/2004    Canada-Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
695781    9/2007    Canada-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry


SCHEDULE B

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Patent Schedule

 

Serial Number -
Registration Number

  

Date

  

Mark

  

Owner

2744740    4/2000    Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
3172831    11/2006    Mediasite logo    Sonic Foundry
3178908    12/2006    Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
3761708    3/2010    Anvil logo    Sonic Foundry
2399704    5/2006    UK - Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
5004175    11/2006    Japan-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
619119    9/2004    Canada-Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
695781    9/2007    Canada-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry


SCHEDULE C

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

COPYRIGHTS

 

Copyright Number

  

Date

  

Title / Work

  

Owner

None         
        
        
        
        


SCHEDULE D

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

DOMAIN RIGHTS

 

Domain Name

  

Service Provider Contact

Details and Account Number (if
any)

  

Owner and Registrar or
Administrative Contact

of Record

  

Expiry Date of

Domain

Sonicfoundry.com   

For redundancy

 

TDS

Co#6084431600

Jodie Laitinen

608 310 7717

Jodie.laitinen@tdsmetro.com

 

AT&T

Acct circuit id BREC693865

Jonathan Moen

262 879 6714

jmoen@ems.att.com

   Sonic Foundry, Inc.    1/18/20
Sonicfoundry.org    Same    Sonic Foundry, Inc.    6/2/19
Sonicfoundry.net    Same    Sonic Foundry, Inc.    2/17/17
Sfoundry.com    Same    Sonic Foundry, Inc.    12/3/19
Media-mission.nl   

BytePark

Weegree 63

2643 KC Pijnacker

NL

+31-88-2983727

   Media Mission BV    7/1/15
Mediamission.eu    Same    Media Mission BV    4/6/16
Mediamission.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    7/1/15
Mediamission.bv    Same    Media Mission BV    3/31/16
Mediasite.eu    Same    Media Mission BV    4/6/16
Mindflake.eu    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Mindflake.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Mindflake.org    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Mindflake.com    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Poppecasting.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    10/17/15
Poppekasting.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    10/17/15
Puppetcasting.com    Same    Media Mission BV    10/17/15
Streamplayer.info    Same    Media Mission BV    7/19/15


Streamplayer.nl Same Media Mission BV 7/19/15
Mediasite.co.jp

USEN

3-1-2 Kita Aoyama

Minato-ku

Tokyo, Japan

+81-3-6823-7111

Mediasite KK Auto update continuously
Activellj.jp

GMO Internet

Cerulean Tower 26-1

Sakuragaoka-cho

Shibuy-ku

Tokyo, Japan

Mediasite KK 10/31/16
Liveonseminar.jp GMO Internet Mediasite KK 7/31/15
Msk-web.jp GMO Internet Mediasite KK 3/31/16


TRADEMARK COLLATERAL AGREEMENT AND NOTICE

This Trademark Collateral Agreement and Notice dated as of April     , 2015 (“Trademark Agreement”), is between Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 222 W. Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703 (“ Assignor ”) and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., 150 Pacific Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94111 (“ Assignee ”) pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement and an Intellectual Property Security Agreement of even date herewith by and among Assignor and Assignee (the “ IP Security Agreement ”) and pursuant to certain other loan documents referenced therein (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”).

WHEREAS, Assignor is the owner of certain trademarks, including all federal applications and/or registrations therefor, together with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized thereby, as listed on Exhibit 1 hereto (the “ Marks ”); and

WHEREAS, Assignee has agreed to extend certain credit to Assignor on condition that the Assignor pledge and grant to Assignee as collateral for the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Documents) a security interest and lien in and to the Marks and all proceeds thereof and all other related claims and rights as more fully described in the Loan Documents;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, as security for the due and timely payment and performance of the Obligations, Assignor hereby pledges and grants to Assignee a security interest and lien in and to the Marks and all proceeds thereof and gives notice of such security interest and the existence of such Security Agreement providing therefor.

Executed as of the date first above written.

 

Assignor: Assignee:
SONIC FOUNDRY, INC. PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
By

 

By

 

Chief Executive Officer
By

 

Name:

 

Secretary
Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its General Partner


EXHIBIT 1

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Trademark Schedule

 

Serial Number -

Registration Number

  

Date

  

Mark

  

Owner

2744740    4/2000    Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
3172831    11/2006    Mediasite logo    Sonic Foundry
3178908    12/2006    Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
3761708    3/2010    Anvil logo    Sonic Foundry
2399704    5/2006    UK - Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
5004175    11/2006    Japan-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
619119    9/2004    Canada-Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
695781    9/2007    Canada-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry


PATENT COLLATERAL AGREEMENT AND NOTICE

This Patent Collateral Agreement and Notice dated as of April     , 2015, (“Patent Agreement”), is between Sonic Foundry, Inc. a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 222 W. Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703 (“ Assignor ”) and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., 150 Pacific Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94111 (“ Assignee ”) pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement and an Intellectual Property Security Agreement of even date herewith by and among Assignor and Assignee (the “ IP Security Agreement ”) and pursuant to certain other loan documents referenced therein (collectively, the “ Loan Documents” ).

WHEREAS, Assignor is the owner of certain United States patents and/or patent applications as listed on Exhibit 1 hereto (the “Patents”); and

WHEREAS, Assignee has agreed to extend certain credit to Assignor on condition that the Assignor pledge and grant to Assignee as collateral for the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Documents) a security interest and lien in and to the Patents and all proceeds thereof and all other related claims and rights as more fully described in the Loan Documents;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, as security for the due and timely payment and performance of the Obligations, Assignor hereby pledges and grants to Assignee a security interest and lien in and to the Patents and all proceeds thereof and gives notice of such security interest and the existence of the IP Security Agreement providing therefor.

Executed as of the date first above written.

 

Assignor: Assignee:
Sonic Foundry, Inc. PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
By

 

By

 

Chief Executive Officer
By

 

Name:

 

Secretary
Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its General Partner


EXHIBIT 1

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

Patent Schedule

 

Serial Number -

Registration Number

  

Date

  

Mark

  

Owner

2744740    4/2000    Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
3172831    11/2006    Mediasite logo    Sonic Foundry
3178908    12/2006    Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
3761708    3/2010    Anvil logo    Sonic Foundry
2399704    5/2006    UK - Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
5004175    11/2006    Japan-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry
619119    9/2004    Canada-Sonic Foundry    Sonic Foundry
695781    9/2007    Canada-Mediasite    Sonic Foundry


COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL AGREEMENT AND NOTICE

This Copyright Collateral Agreement and Notice dated as of April     , 2015 (“Copyright Agreement”), is between Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 222 W. Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703 (“ Assignor ”) and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., 150 Pacific Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94111 (“ Assignee ”) pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement, an Intellectual Property Security Agreement of even date herewith by and among Assignor and Assignee (the “ IP Security Agreement ”) and pursuant to certain other loan documents referenced therein (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”).

WHEREAS, Assignor is or may in the future be the owner of certain copyrightable works which are the subject of United States copyright registrations and/or copyright applications as listed from time to time on Exhibit 1 hereto (the “ Copyrights ”); and

WHEREAS, Assignee has agreed to extend certain credit to Assignor on condition that the Assignor pledge and grant to Assignee as collateral for the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Documents) a security interest and lien in and to the Copyrights and all proceeds thereof and all other related claims and rights as more fully described in the IP Security Agreement in favor of the Assignee, by and among Assignor and Assignee;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, as security for the due and timely payment and performance of the Obligations, Assignor hereby pledges and grants to Assignee a security interest and lien in and to the Copyrights and all proceeds thereof and gives notice of such security interest and the existence of the IP Security Agreement providing therefor.

Executed as of the date first above written.

 

Assignor: Assignee:
Sonic Foundry, Inc. PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
By

 

By

 

Chief Executive Officer
By

 

Name:

 

Secretary
Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its General Partner


EXHIBIT 1

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

COPYRIGHT SCHEDULE

 

Copyright Number

  

Date

  

Title / Work

  

Owner

None         
        
        
        
        
        


DOMAIN RIGHTS COLLATERAL AGREEMENT AND NOTICE

This Domain Rights Collateral Agreement and Notice dated as of April     , 2015 (“Domain Agreement”), is between Sonic Foundry, Inc., a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 222 W. Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703 (“ Assignor ”) and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., 150 Pacific Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94111 (“ Assignee ”) pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement, an Intellectual Property Security Agreement of even date herewith by and among Assignor and Assignee (the “ IP Security Agreement ”) and pursuant to certain other loan documents referenced therein (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”).

WHEREAS, Assignor is the owner of certain Domain Rights as defined in the Loan Documents which are, as of the date hereof, as listed on Exhibit 1 hereto (the “ Domain Rights ”); and

WHEREAS, Assignee has agreed to extend certain credit to Assignor on condition that the Assignor pledge and grant to Assignee as collateral for the Obligations (as defined in the Loan Documents) a security interest and lien in and to the Domain Rights and all proceeds thereof and all other related claims and rights as more fully described in the IP Security Agreement in favor of the Assignee, by and among Assignor and Assignee;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, as security for the due and timely payment and performance of the Obligations: (1) Assignor hereby pledges and grants to Assignee a security interest and lien in and to the Domain Rights and all proceeds thereof and gives notice of such security interest and the existence of the IP Security Agreement providing therefor; and (2) Assignor hereby irrevocably appoints PFG as its lawful attorney-in-fact without any further authorization to take any action and file any notice on behalf of Assignor that Assignor itself could file in respect of its Domain Rights, including without limitation, to transfer Domain Rights, change administrative contacts in respect of Domain Rights, maintain Domain Rights, and provide instructions to domain hosting services and any domain name registrars.

Executed as of the date first above written.

 

Assignor: Assignee:
Sonic Foundry, Inc. PARTNERS FOR GROWTH IV, L.P.
By

 

By

 

Chief Executive Officer
By

 

Name:

 

Secretary
Title: Manager, Partners for Growth IV, LLC
Its General Partner


SCHEDULE D

Sonic Foundry, Inc.

DOMAIN RIGHTS

 

Domain Name

  

Service Provider Contact

Details and Account Number (if
any)

  

Owner and Registrar or
Administrative Contact

of Record

  

Expiry Date of

Domain

Sonicfoundry.com   

For redundancy

 

TDS

Co#6084431600

Jodie Laitinen

608 310 7717

Jodie.laitinen@tdsmetro.com

 

AT&T

Acct circuit id BREC693865

Jonathan Moen

262 879 6714

jmoen@ems.att.com

   Sonic Foundry, Inc.    1/18/20
Sonicfoundry.org    Same    Sonic Foundry, Inc.    6/2/19
Sonicfoundry.net    Same    Sonic Foundry, Inc.    2/17/17
Sfoundry.com    Same    Sonic Foundry, Inc.    12/3/19
Media-mission.nl   

BytePark

Weegree 63

2643 KC Pijnacker

NL

+31-88-2983727

   Media Mission BV    7/1/15
Mediamission.eu    Same    Media Mission BV    4/6/16
Mediamission.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    7/1/15
Mediamission.bv    Same    Media Mission BV    3/31/16
Mediasite.eu    Same    Media Mission BV    4/6/16
Mindflake.eu    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Mindflake.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Mindflake.org    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Mindflake.com    Same    Media Mission BV    3/19/16
Poppecasting.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    10/17/15
Poppekasting.nl    Same    Media Mission BV    10/17/15


Puppetcasting.com Same Media Mission BV 10/17/15
Streamplayer.info Same Media Mission BV 7/19/15
Streamplayer.nl Same Media Mission BV 7/19/15
Mediasite.co.jp

USEN

3-1-2 Kita Aoyama

Minato-ku

Tokyo, Japan

+81-3-6823-7111

Mediasite KK Auto update continuously
Activellj.jp

GMO Internet

Cerulean Tower 26-1

Sakuragaoka-cho

Shibuy-ku

Tokyo, Japan

Mediasite KK 10/31/16
Liveonseminar.jp GMO Internet Mediasite KK 7/31/15
Msk-web.jp GMO Internet Mediasite KK 3/31/16

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Gary R. Weis, the CEO of Sonic Foundry, Inc., certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Sonic Foundry, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 14, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Gary R. Weis

By: Gary R. Weis
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

I, Kenneth A. Minor, the CFO and Secretary of Sonic Foundry, Inc., certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Sonic Foundry, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 14, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth A. Minor

By: Kenneth A. Minor
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF

FINANCIAL OFFICER

Exhibit 32

Statement

Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C.§1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Sonic Foundry, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, based on our knowledge, that the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: May 14, 2015

 

By:

/s/ Gary R. Weis

By: Gary R. Weis
Title: Chief Executive Officer
By:

/s/ Kenneth A. Minor

By: Kenneth A. Minor
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary